83_FR_19798 83 FR 19711 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Site Characterization Surveys Off of Rhode Island and Massachusetts

83 FR 19711 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Site Characterization Surveys Off of Rhode Island and Massachusetts

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 87 (May 4, 2018)

Page Range19711-19736
FR Document2018-09481

NMFS has received a request from Deepwater Wind New England, LLC (DWW), for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to marine site characterization surveys off the coast of Rhode Island and Massachusetts in the area of the Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy Development on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS-A 0486) and along potential submarine cable routes to a landfall location in Rhode Island, Massachusetts or New York. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 87 (Friday, May 4, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 87 (Friday, May 4, 2018)]
[Notices]
[Pages 19711-19736]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-09481]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XF984


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Site Characterization 
Surveys Off of Rhode Island and Massachusetts

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from Deepwater Wind New England, 
LLC (DWW), for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to 
marine site characterization surveys off the coast of Rhode Island and 
Massachusetts in the area of the Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands 
for Renewable Energy Development on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS-A 
0486) and along potential submarine cable routes to a landfall location 
in Rhode Island, Massachusetts or New York. Pursuant to the Marine 
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its 
proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to 
incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS 
will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the 
issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will 
be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than June 4, 
2018.

ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, 
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments 
should be sent to [email protected].
    Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any 
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the 
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including 
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments 
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or 
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the 
public record and will generally be posted online at 
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-other-energy-activities-renewable without change. 
All personal identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily 
submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit 
confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or protected 
information.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the applications 
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in 
this document, may be obtained by visiting the internet at: 
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-other-energy-activities-renewable. In case of 
problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed 
above.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon 
request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers 
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity 
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region 
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if 
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed 
authorization is provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth.
    NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an 
impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably 
expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the 
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival.

[[Page 19712]]

    The MMPA states that the term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, 
capture, or kill, or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any 
marine mammal.
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).

National Environmental Policy Act

    To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A, 
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an 
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts 
on the human environment.
    Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA) to 
consider the environmental impacts associated with the issuance of the 
proposed IHA. We will review all comments submitted in response to this 
notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision 
on the IHA request.

Summary of Request

    On January 3, 2018, NMFS received a request from DWW for an IHA to 
take marine mammals incidental to marine site characterization surveys 
off the coast of Massachusetts and Rhode Island in the area of the 
Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy Development on 
the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS-A 0486) and along potential submarine 
cable routes to a landfall location in either Rhode Island, 
Massachusetts or New York. A revised application was received on April 
18, 2018. NMFS deemed that request to be adequate and complete. DWW's 
request is for take of 14 marine mammal species by Level B harassment. 
Neither DWW nor NMFS expects serious injury or mortality to result from 
this activity and the activity is expected to last no more than one 
year, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.

Description of the Proposed Activity

Overview

    DWW proposes to conduct marine site characterization surveys, 
including high-resolution geophysical (HRG) and geotechnical surveys, 
in the area of Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy 
Development on the Outer Continental Shelf #OCS-A 0486 (Lease Area) and 
along potential submarine cable routes to landfall locations in either 
Rhode Island, Massachusetts or Long Island, New York. Surveys would 
occur from approximately June 15, 2018 through December 31, 2018.
    The purpose of the marine site characterization surveys are to 
obtain a baseline assessment of seabed/sub-surface soil conditions in 
the Lease Area and cable route corridors to support the siting of 
potential future offshore wind projects. Underwater sound resulting 
from DWW's proposed site characterization surveys has the potential to 
result in incidental take of marine mammals in the form of behavioral 
harassment.

Dates and Duration

    The estimated duration of the geophysical survey is expected to be 
up to 200 days between June 15, 2018, and December 31, 2018. The 
geotechnical surveys are expected to take up to 100 days between June 
15, 2018, and December 31, 2018. This schedule is based on 24-hour 
operations and includes potential down time due to inclement weather. 
Surveys will last for approximately seven months and are anticipated to 
commence upon issuance of the requested IHA, if appropriate.

Specific Geographic Region

    DWW's survey activities would occur in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean 
within Federal waters. Surveys would occur in the Lease Area and along 
potential submarine cable routes to landfall locations in either Rhode 
Island, Massachusetts or Long Island, New York (see Figure 1 in the IHA 
application). The Lease Area is approximately 394 square kilometers 
(km\2\) (97,498 acres) and is approximately 20 km south of Rhode Island 
at its closest point to land.

Detailed Description of the Specified Activities

    DWW's proposed marine site characterization surveys include HRG and 
geotechnical survey activities. Surveys would occur within the Bureau 
of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) Rhode Island-Massachusetts Wind 
Energy Area (RI-MA WEA) which is east of Long Island, New York and 
south of Rhode Island and Massachusetts (see Figure 1 in the IHA 
application). Water depths in the Lease Area range from 26 to 48 meters 
(m) (85 to 157 feet (ft)). For the purpose of this IHA the Lease Area 
and submarine cable corridor are collectively termed the Project Area.
    Geophysical and shallow geotechnical survey activities are 
anticipated to be supported by a vessel approximately 20-70 m long 
which will maintain a speed of up to five knots (kn) while transiting 
survey lines. Near shore geophysical and shallow geotechnical surveys 
(if required) would be performed by shallow draft vessels approximately 
9 to 23 m long which will maintain a speed of up to five kn while 
transiting survey lines. Deep geotechnical survey activities and 
possible shallow geotechnical activities are anticipated to be 
conducted from a 40 to 100 m dynamically positioned (DP) vessel, jack-
up vessel, or anchored vessel, with support of a tug boat. Survey 
activities will be executed in compliance with the July 2015 BOEM 
Guidelines for Providing Geophysical, Geotechnical, and Geohazard 
Information Pursuant to 30 CFR part 585. The proposed HRG and 
geotechnical survey activities are described below.

Geotechnical Survey Activities

    DWW's proposed geotechnical survey activities would include the 
following:
     Vibracores to characterize the geological and geotechnical 
characteristics of the seabed, up to approximately 5 m deep. A 
hydraulic or electric driven pulsating head is used to drive a hollow 
tube into the seafloor and recover a stratified representation of the 
sediment.
     Core Penetration Testing (CPT) to determine stratigraphy 
and in-situ conditions of the sediments. Target penetration is 60 to 75 
m.
     Deep Boring Cores would be drilled to determine the 
vertical and lateral variation in seabed conditions and provide 
geotechnical data to depths at least 10 m deeper than design 
penetration of the foundations (60 to 75 m target penetration).
    Shallow geotechnical surveys, consisting of CPTs and vibracores, 
are planned for within the Lease Area and approximately every one to 
two kilometers (km) along the export cable routes. Foundation-depth 
geotechnical borings are also planned at each proposed foundation 
location within the Lease Area. While the quantity and locations of 
wind turbine generators to be installed, as well as cable route, has 
yet to be determined, an estimate of 153 vibracores, 20 CPTs, and 16 
deep borings are planned within the Lease Area and along the export 
cable routes.
    In considering whether marine mammal harassment is an expected 
outcome of exposure to a particular

[[Page 19713]]

activity or sound source, NMFS considers the nature of the exposure 
itself (e.g., the magnitude, frequency, or duration of exposure), 
characteristics of the marine mammals potentially exposed, and the 
conditions specific to the geographic area where the activity is 
expected to occur (e.g., whether the activity is planned in a foraging 
area, breeding area, nursery or pupping area, or other biologically 
important area for the species). We then consider the expected response 
of the exposed animal and whether the nature and duration or intensity 
of that response is expected to cause disruption of behavioral patterns 
(e.g., migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering) 
or injury.
    Geotechnical survey activities would be conducted from a drill ship 
equipped with DP thrusters. DP thrusters would be used to position the 
sampling vessel on station and maintain position at each sampling 
location during the sampling activity. Sound produced through use of DP 
thrusters is similar to that produced by transiting vessels and DP 
thrusters are typically operated either in a similarly predictable 
manner or used for short durations around stationary activities. NMFS 
does not believe acoustic impacts from DP thrusters are likely to 
result in take of marine mammals in the absence of activity- or 
location-specific circumstances that may otherwise represent specific 
concerns for marine mammals (i.e., activities proposed in area known to 
be of particular importance for a particular species), or associated 
activities that may increase the potential to result in take when in 
concert with DP thrusters. In this case, we are not aware of any such 
circumstances. Monitoring of past projects that entailed use of DP 
thrusters has shown a lack of observed marine mammal responses as a 
result of exposure to sound from DP thrusters. Therefore, NMFS believes 
the likelihood of DP thrusters used during the proposed geotechnical 
surveys resulting in harassment of marine mammals to be so low as to be 
discountable. As DP thrusters are not expected to result in take of 
marine mammals, these activities are not analyzed further in this 
document.
    Vibracoring entails driving a hydraulic or electric pulsating head 
through a hollow tube into the seafloor to recover a stratified 
representation of the sediment. The vibracoring process is short in 
duration and is performed from a dynamic positioning vessel. The vessel 
would use DP thrusters to maintain the vessel's position while the 
vibracore sample is taken, as described above. The vibracoring process 
would always be performed in concert with DP thrusters, and DP 
thrusters would begin operating prior to the activation of the 
vibracore to maintain the vessel's position; thus, we expect that any 
marine mammals in the project area would detect the presence and noise 
associated with the vessel and the DP thrusters prior to commencement 
of vibracoring. Any reaction by marine mammals would be expected to be 
similar to reactions to the concurrent DP thrusters, which are expected 
to be minor and short term, i.e., not constituting Level B harassment, 
as defined by the MMPA. In this case, vibracoring is not planned in any 
areas of particular biological significance for any marine mammals. 
Thus while a marine mammal may perceive noise from vibracoring and may 
respond briefly, we believe the potential for this response to rise to 
the level of take to be so low as to be discountable, based on the 
short duration of the activity and the fact that marine mammals would 
be expected to react to the vessel and DP thrusters before vibracoring 
commences, potentially through brief avoidance. In addition, the fact 
that the geographic area is not biologically important for any marine 
mammal species means that such reactions are not likely to carry any 
meaningful significance for the animals.
    Field studies conducted off the coast of Virginia to determine the 
underwater noise produced by CPTs and borehole drilling found that 
these activities did not result in underwater noise levels that 
exceeded current thresholds for Level B harassment of marine mammals 
(Kalapinski, 2015). Given the small size and energy footprint of CPTs 
and boring cores, NMFS believes the likelihood that noise from these 
activities would exceed the Level B harassment threshold at any 
appreciable distance is so low as to be discountable. Therefore, 
geotechnical survey activities, including CPTs, boring cores and 
vibracores, are not expected to result in harassment of marine mammals 
and are not analyzed further in this document.

Geophysical Survey Activities

    DWW has proposed that HRG survey operations would be conducted 
continuously 24 hours per day. Based on 24-hour operations, the 
estimated duration of the geophysical survey activities would be 
approximately 200 days (including estimated weather down time). The 
geophysical survey activities proposed by DWW would include the 
following:
     Multibeam Depth Sounder to determine water depths and 
general bottom topography. The multibeam echosounder sonar system 
projects sonar pulses in several angled beams from a transducer mounted 
to a ship's hull. The beams radiate out from the transducer in a fan-
shaped pattern orthogonally to the ship's direction.
     Shallow Penetration Sub-Bottom Profiler (Chirp) to map the 
near surface stratigraphy (top 0 to 5 m of sediment below seabed). A 
Chirp system emits sonar pulses which increase in frequency (3.5 to 200 
kHz) over time. The pulse length frequency range can be adjusted to 
meet project variables.
     Medium Penetration Sub-Bottom Profiler (Boomer) to map 
deeper subsurface stratigraphy as needed. This system is commonly 
mounted on a sled and towed behind a boat.
     Medium Penetration Sub-Bottom Profiler (Sparker and/or 
bubble gun) to map deeper subsurface stratigraphy as needed. Sparkers 
create acoustic pulses omni-directionally from the source that can 
penetrate several hundred meters into the seafloor. Hydrophone arrays 
towed nearby receive the return signals.
     Sidescan Sonar used to image the seafloor for seabed 
sediment classification purposes and to identify natural and man-made 
acoustic targets on the seafloor. The sonar device emits conical or 
fan-shaped pulses down toward the seafloor in multiple beams at a wide 
angle, perpendicular to the path of the sensor through the water. The 
acoustic return of the pulses is recorded in a series of cross-track 
slices, which can be joined to form an image of the sea bottom within 
the swath of the beam.
     Marine Magnetometer to detect ferrous metal objects on the 
seafloor which may cause a hazard including anchors, chains, cables, 
pipelines, ballast stones and other scattered shipwreck debris, 
munitions of all sizes, unexploded ordinances, aircraft, engines and 
any other object with magnetic expression.
    Table 1 identifies the representative survey equipment that may be 
used in support of planned geophysical survey activities. The make and 
model of the listed geophysical equipment will vary depending on 
availability and the final equipment choices will vary depending upon 
the final survey design, vessel availability, and survey contractor 
selection. Geophysical surveys are expected to use several equipment 
types concurrently in order to collect multiple aspects of geophysical 
data along one transect. Selection of equipment combinations is based 
on specific survey objectives. Any survey equipment selected would have 
characteristics similar to the systems described below, if different.

[[Page 19714]]



                                                            Table 1--Summary of Geophysical Survey Equipment Proposed for Use by DWW
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Source level  (SLrms dB re 1     Operational  depth (meters                                          Pulse duration
           Equipment type             Operating  frequencies  (kHz)           [mu]PA @1 m)                   below surface)             Beam width  (degrees)              (milliseconds)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    Multibeam Depth Sounding
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reson SeaBat 7125 \1\..............  200 and 400...................  220...........................  4............................  128..........................  0.03 to 0.3.
Reson SeaBat 7101 \2\..............  100...........................  162...........................  2 to 5.......................  140..........................  0.8 to 3.04.
R2SONIC Sonic 2020 \1\.............  170 to 450....................  162...........................  2 to 5.......................  160..........................  0.11.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  Shallow Sub-bottom Profiling
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Teledyne Benthos Chirp III \3\.....  2 to 7........................  197...........................  4............................  45...........................  0.2.
EdgeTech SB3200 XS.................  2 to 16.......................  176...........................  2 to 5.......................  170..........................  3.4.
SB216 \4\..........................
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Medium Penetration Sub-bottom Profiling
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applied Acoustics..................  0.1 to 10.....................  175...........................  1 to 2.......................  60...........................  58.
Fugro boomer \1\...................
Applied Acoustics..................  0.25 to 8.....................  203...........................  2............................  25 to 35.....................  0.6.
S-Boom system--CSP-D 2400HV........
(600 joule/pulse) \5\..............
GeoResources 800 Joule Sparker \6\.  0.75 to 2.75..................  203...........................  4............................  360 (omni-directional).......  0.1 to 0.2.
Falmouth Scientific HMS 620 bubble   0.02 to 1.7...................  196...........................  1.5..........................  360 (omni-directional).......  1.6.
 gun \7\.
Applied Acoustics..................  0.03 to 5.....................  213...........................  1 to 2.......................  170..........................  2.1.
Dura-Spark 240 \5\.................
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         Side Scan Sonar
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Klein Marine Systems model 3900 \1\  445 and 900...................  242...........................  20...........................  40...........................  0.025.
EdgeTech model 4125 \1\............  105 and 410...................  225...........................  10...........................  158..........................  10 to 20.
EdgeTech model 4200 \1\............  300 and 600...................  215 to 220....................  1............................  0.5 and 0.26.................  5 to 12.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Source level obtained from equipment specifications as described in 2017 IHA issued to DWW for takes of marine mammals incidental to site characterization surveys off the coast of New York
  (82 FR 22250).
\2\ Source level based on published manufacturer specifications and/or systems manual.
\3\ Source level based on published manufacturer specifications and/or systems manual--assumed configured as TTV-171 with AT-471 transducer per system manual.
\4\ Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016). Assumed to be 3200 XS with SB216. Used as proxy: 3200 XS with SB424 in 4-24 kHz mode Since the 3200 XS system manual lists same
  power output between SB216 and SB 424.
\5\ Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016).
\6\ Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)--ELC820 used as proxy.
\7\ Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)--Used single plate 1 due to discrepancies noted in Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) regarding plate 2.

    The deployment of HRG survey equipment, including the equipment 
planned for use during DWW's planned activity, produces sound in the 
marine environment that has the potential to result in harassment of 
marine mammals. However, sound propagation is dependent on several 
factors including operating mode, frequency and beam direction of the 
HRG equipment; thus, potential impacts to marine mammals from HRG 
equipment are driven by the specification of individual HRG sources. 
The specifications of the potential equipment planned for use during 
HRG survey activities (Table 1) were analyzed to determine which types 
of equipment would have the potential to result in harassment of marine 
mammals. HRG equipment that would be operated either at frequency 
ranges that fall outside the functional hearing ranges of marine 
mammals (e.g., above 200 kHz) or that operate within marine mammal 
functional hearing ranges but have low sound source levels (e.g., a 
single pulse at less than 200 dB re re 1 [mu]Pa) were assumed to not 
have the potential to result in marine mammal harassment and were 
therefore eliminated from further analysis. Of the potential HRG survey 
equipment planned for use, the following equipment was determined to 
have the potential to result in harassment of marine mammals:
     Teledyne Benthos Chirp III Sub-bottom Profiler;
     EdgeTech Sub-bottom Profilers (Chirp);
     Applied Acoustics Fugro Sub-bottom Profiler (Boomer);
     Applied Acoustics S-Boom Sub-bottom Profiling System 
consisting of a CSP-D 2400HV power supply and 3-plate catamaran;
     GeoResources 800 Joule Sparker;
     Falmouth Scientific HMS 620 Bubble Gun; and
     Applied Acoustics Dura-Spark 240 System.
    As the HRG survey equipment listed above was determined to have the 
potential to result in harassment of marine mammals, the equipment 
listed above was carried forward in the analysis of potential impacts 
to marine mammals; all other HRG equipment planned for use by DWW is 
not expected to result in harassment of marine mammals and is therefore 
not analyzed further in this document.
    Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are 
described in

[[Page 19715]]

detail later in this document (please see ``Proposed Mitigation'' and 
``Proposed Monitoring and Reporting'').

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activity

    Sections 3 and 4 of DWW's IHA application summarize available 
information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat 
preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected 
species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats 
may be found in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SAR; www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/) and more general information about these species (e.g., 
physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS' website 
(www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/mammals/). All species that could 
potentially occur in the proposed survey areas are included in Table 5 
of the IHA application. However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence 
of several species listed in Table 5 of the IHA application is such 
that take of these species is not expected to occur, and they are not 
discussed further beyond the explanation provided here. Take of these 
species is not anticipated either because they have very low densities 
in the project area, are known to occur further offshore than the 
project area, or are considered very unlikely to occur in the project 
area during the proposed survey due to the species' seasonal occurrence 
in the area.
    Table 2 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in 
the survey area and with the potential to be taken as a result of the 
proposed survey and summarizes information related to the population or 
stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA and potential 
biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow 
Committee on Taxonomy (2017). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum 
number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be 
removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach 
or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS' 
SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR is 
included here as a gross indicator of the status of the species and 
other threats.
    Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document 
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or 
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. 
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total 
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that 
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend 
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in 
NMFS' U.S. Atlantic SARs (e.g., Hayes et al., 2018). All values 
presented in Table 2 are the most recent available at the time of 
publication and are available in the 2017 draft Atlantic SARs (Hayes et 
al., 2018).

                                                Table 2--Marine Mammals Known To Occur in the Survey Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                NMFS  MMPA  and       Stock abundance
                                                                  ESA  status;     (CV,Nmin, most recent     Predicted      PBR       Occurrence  and
             Common name                       Stock            strategic  (Y/N)   abundance survey) \2\     abundance      \4\     seasonality  in the
                                                                      \1\                                    (CV) \3\                   survey area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Toothed whales (Odontoceti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus)  North Atlantic.........  E; Y               2,288 (0.28; 1,815; n/    5,353 (0.12)     3.6  Rare.
                                                                                   a).
Long-finned pilot whale               W North Atlantic.......  -; Y               5,636 (0.63; 3,464; n/      \5\ 18,977      35  Rare.
 (Globicephala melas).                                                             a).                            (0.11)
Atlantic white-sided dolphin          W North Atlantic.......  -; N               48,819 (0.61; 30,403;    37,180 (0.07)     304  Rare.
 (Lagenorhynchus acutus).                                                          n/a).
Atlantic spotted dolphin (Stenella    W North Atlantic.......  -; N               44,715 (0.43; 31,610;    55,436 (0.32)     316  Rare.
 frontalis).                                                                       n/a).
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops          W North Atlantic,        -; N               77,532 (0.40; 56,053;       \5\ 97,476     561  Common year round.
 truncatus).                           Offshore.                                   2011).                         (0.06)
Common dolphin \6\ (Delphinus         W North Atlantic.......  -; N               173,486 (0.55; 55,690;   86,098 (0.12)     557  Common year round.
 delphis).                                                                         2011).
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena).  Gulf of Maine/Bay of     -; N               79,833 (0.32; 61,415;         * 45,089     706  Common year round.
                                       Fundy.                                      2011).                         (0.12)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Baleen whales (Mysticeti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale            W North Atlantic.......  E; Y               458 (0; 455; n/a).....    * 535 (0.45)     1.4  Year round in
 (Eubalaena glacialis).                                                                                                            continental shelf and
                                                                                                                                   slope waters, occur
                                                                                                                                   seasonally to forage.
Humpback whale \7\ (Megaptera         Gulf of Maine..........  -; N               823 (0.42; 239; n/a)..  * 1,637 (0.07)     3.7  Common year round.
 novaeangliae).
Fin whale \6\ (Balaenoptera           W North Atlantic.......  E; Y               3,522 (0.27; 1,234; n/    4,633 (0.08)     2.5  Year round in
 physalus).                                                                        a).                                             continental shelf and
                                                                                                                                   slope waters, occur
                                                                                                                                   seasonally to forage.
Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis)...  Nova Scotia............  E; Y               357 (0.52; 236; n/a)..    * 717 (0.30)     0.5  Year round in
                                                                                                                                   continental shelf and
                                                                                                                                   slope waters, occur
                                                                                                                                   seasonally to forage.
Minke whale \6\ (Balaenoptera         Canadian East Coast....  -; N               20,741 (0.3; 1,425; n/  * 2,112 (0.05)     162  Year round in
 acutorostrata).                                                                   a).                                             continental shelf and
                                                                                                                                   slope waters, occur
                                                                                                                                   seasonally to forage.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Earless seals (Phocidae)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray seal \8\ (Halichoerus grypus)..  W North Atlantic.......  -; N               27,131 (0.10; 25,908;   ..............   1,554  Rare.
                                                                                   n/a).
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina)........  W North Atlantic.......  -; N               75,834 (0.15; 66,884;   ..............   2,006  Common year round.
                                                                                   2012).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or
  designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see
  footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
  under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.

[[Page 19716]]

 
\2\ Stock abundance as reported in NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports except where otherwise noted. NMFSs abundance reports available online
  at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable.
  For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected
  in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented
  here are from the 2017 draft Atlantic SARs.
\3\ This information represents species- or guild-specific abundance predicted by recent habitat-based cetacean density models (Roberts et al., 2016).
  These models provide the best available scientific information regarding predicted density patterns of cetaceans in the U.S. Atlantic Ocean, and we
  provide the corresponding abundance predictions as a point of reference. Total abundance estimates were produced by computing the mean density of all
  pixels in the modeled area and multiplying by its area. For those species marked with an asterisk, the available information supported development of
  either two or four seasonal models; each model has an associated abundance prediction. Here, we report the maximum predicted abundance.
\4\ Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a
  marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
\5\ Abundance estimates are in some cases reported for a guild or group of species when those species are difficult to differentiate at sea. Similarly,
  the habitat-based cetacean density models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) are based in part on available observational data which, in some cases, is
  limited to genus or guild in terms of taxonomic definition. Roberts et al. (2016) produced density models to genus level for Globicephala spp. and
  produced a density model for bottlenose dolphins that does not differentiate between offshore and coastal stocks.
\6\ Abundance as reported in the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which provided full coverage of the Atlantic Canadian coast
  (Lawson and Gosselin, 2009). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when possible. In general, where the
  TNASS survey effort provided superior coverage of a stock's range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey effort), the resulting abundance estimate is
  considered more accurate than the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived from survey effort with inferior coverage of the stock range). NMFS stock
  abundance estimate for the common dolphin is 70,184. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the fin whale is 1,618.
\7\ 2017 U.S. Atlantic draft SAR for the Gulf of Maine feeding population lists a current abundance estimate of 335 individuals; this estimate was
  revised from the previous estimate of 823 individuals. However, the newer estimate is based on a single aerial line-transect survey in the Gulf of
  Maine. The 2017 U.S. Atlantic draft SAR notes that that previous estimate was based on a minimum number alive calculation which is generally more
  accurate than one derived from line-transect survey (Hayes et al., 2017), and that the abundance estimate was revised solely because the previous
  estimate was greater than 8 years old. Therefore, the previous estimate of 823 is more accurate, and we note that even that estimate is defined on the
  basis of feeding location alone (i.e., Gulf of Maine).
\8\ NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.

    Four marine mammal species that are listed under the Endangered 
Species Act (ESA) may be present in the survey area and are included in 
the take request: The North Atlantic right whale, fin whale, sei whale, 
and sperm whale.
    Below is a description of the species that are both common in the 
survey area south of Rhode Island and Massachusetts that have the 
highest likelihood of occurring, at least seasonally, in the survey 
area and are thus are expected to potentially be taken by the proposed 
activities. Though other marine mammal species are known to occur in 
the Northwest Atlantic Ocean, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of 
several of these species is such that take of these species is not 
expected to occur, and they are therefore not discussed further beyond 
the explanation provided here. Take of these species is not anticipated 
either because they have very low densities in the project area (e.g., 
blue whale, Clymene dolphin, pantropical spotted dolphin, striped 
dolphin, spinner dolphin, killer whale, false killer whale, pygmy 
killer whale, short-finned pilot whale), or, are known to occur further 
offshore than the project area (e.g., beaked whales, rough toothed 
dolphin, Kogia spp.). For the majority of species potentially present 
in the specific geographic region, NMFS has designated only a single 
generic stock (e.g., ``western North Atlantic'') for management 
purposes. This includes the ``Canadian east coast'' stock of minke 
whales, which includes all minke whales found in U.S. waters. For 
humpback and sei whales, NMFS defines stocks on the basis of feeding 
locations, i.e., Gulf of Maine and Nova Scotia, respectively. However, 
our reference to humpback whales and sei whales in this document refers 
to any individuals of the species that are found in the specific 
geographic region.

North Atlantic Right Whale

    The North Atlantic right whale ranges from the calving grounds in 
the southeastern United States to feeding grounds in New England waters 
and into Canadian waters (Waring et al., 2016). Surveys have 
demonstrated the existence of seven areas where North Atlantic right 
whales congregate seasonally, including north and east of the proposed 
survey area in Georges Bank, off Cape Cod, and in Massachusetts Bay 
(Waring et al., 2016). In the late fall months (e.g. October), right 
whales are generally thought to depart from the feeding grounds in the 
North Atlantic and move south to their calving grounds off Florida. 
However, recent research indicates our understanding of their movement 
patterns remains incomplete (Davis et al. 2017). A review of passive 
acoustic monitoring data from 2004 to 2014 throughout the western North 
Atlantic Ocean demonstrated nearly continuous year-round right whale 
presence across their entire habitat range, including in locations 
previously thought of as migratory corridors, suggesting that not all 
of the population undergoes a consistent annual migration (Davis et al. 
2017). Acoustic monitoring data from 2004 to 2014 indicated that the 
number of North Atlantic right whale vocalizations detected in the 
proposed survey area were relatively constant throughout the year, with 
the exception of August through October when detected vocalizations 
showed an apparent decline (Davis et al. 2017). North Atlantic right 
whales are expected to be present in the proposed survey area during 
the proposed survey, especially during the summer months, with numbers 
possibly lower in the fall.
    The western North Atlantic population demonstrated overall growth 
of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to 2010, despite a decline in 1993 
and no growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et al. 2017). However, since 
2010 the population has been in decline, with a 99.99 percent 
probability of a decline of just under 1 percent per year (Pace et al. 
2017). Between 1990 and 2015, calving rates varied substantially, with 
low calving rates coinciding with all three periods of decline or no 
growth (Pace et al. 2017). On average, North Atlantic right whale 
calving rates are estimated to be roughly half that of southern right 
whales (Eubalaena australis) (Pace et al. 2017), which are increasing 
in abundance (NMFS 2015). In 2018, no new North Atlantic right whale 
calves were documented in their calving grounds; this represented the 
first time since annual NOAA aerial surveys began in 1989 that no new 
right whale calves were observed.
    Data indicates that the number of adult females fell from 200 in 
2010 to 186 in 2015 while males fell from 283 to 272 in the same time 
frame (Pace et al., 2017). In addition, elevated North Atlantic right 
whale mortalities have occurred since June 7, 2017. A total of 18 
confirmed dead stranded whales (12 in Canada; 6 in the United States), 
with an additional 5 live whale entanglements in Canada, have been 
documented to date. This event has been declared an Unusual Mortality 
Event (UME), with human interactions (i.e., fishery-related 
entanglements and vessel strikes) identified as the most likely cause. 
More information is available online at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/health/mmume/2017northatlanticrightwhaleume.html.
    The proposed survey area is part of an important migratory area for 
North Atlantic right whales; this important

[[Page 19717]]

migratory area is comprised of the waters of the continental shelf 
offshore the East Coast of the United States and extends from Florida 
through Massachusetts. NMFS' regulations at 50 CFR part 224.105 
designated nearshore waters of the Mid-Atlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic 
U.S. Seasonal Management Areas (SMA) for right whales in 2008. SMAs 
were developed to reduce the threat of collisions between ships and 
right whales around their migratory route and calving grounds. A 
portion of one SMA, which occurs off Block Island, Rhode Island, 
overlaps spatially with a section of the proposed survey area. The SMA 
which occurs off Block Island is active from November 1 through April 
30 of each year.

Humpback Whale

    Humpback whales are found worldwide in all oceans. Humpback whales 
were listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Conservation Act 
(ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced the ESCA, and humpbacks 
continued to be listed as endangered. NMFS recently evaluated the 
status of the species, and on September 8, 2016, NMFS divided the 
species into 14 distinct population segments (DPS), removed the current 
species-level listing, and in its place listed four DPSs as endangered 
and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259; September 8, 2016). The 
remaining nine DPSs were not listed. The West Indies DPS, which is not 
listed under the ESA, is the only DPS of humpback whale that is 
expected to occur in the survey area. The best estimate of population 
abundance for the West Indies DPS is 12,312 individuals, as described 
in the NMFS Status Review of the Humpback Whale under the Endangered 
Species Act (Bettridge et al., 2015).
    In New England waters, feeding is the principal activity of 
humpback whales, and their distribution in this region has been largely 
correlated to abundance of prey species, although behavior and 
bathymetry are factors influencing foraging strategy (Payne et al. 
1986, 1990). Humpback whales are frequently piscivorous when in New 
England waters, feeding on herring (Clupea harengus), sand lance 
(Ammodytes spp.), and other small fishes, as well as euphausiids in the 
northern Gulf of Maine (Paquet et al. 1997). During winter, the 
majority of humpback whales from North Atlantic feeding areas 
(including the Gulf of Maine) mate and calve in the West Indies, where 
spatial and genetic mixing among feeding groups occurs, though 
significant numbers of animals are found in mid- and high-latitude 
regions at this time and some individuals have been sighted repeatedly 
within the same winter season, indicating that not all humpback whales 
migrate south every winter (Waring et al., 2016).
    Since January 2016, elevated humpback whale mortalities have 
occurred along the Atlantic coast from Maine through North Carolina. 
Partial or full necropsy examinations have been conducted on 
approximately half of the 62 known cases. A portion of the whales have 
shown evidence of pre-mortem vessel strike; however, this finding is 
not consistent across all of the whales examined so more research is 
needed. NOAA is consulting with researchers that are conducting studies 
on the humpback whale populations, and these efforts may provide 
information on changes in whale distribution and habitat use that could 
provide additional insight into how these vessel interactions occurred. 
Three previous UMEs involving humpback whales have occurred since 2000, 
in 2003, 2005, and 2006. More information is available at 
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/health/mmume/2017humpbackatlanticume.html.

Fin Whale

    Fin whales are common in waters of the U. S. Atlantic Exclusive 
Economic Zone (EEZ), principally from Cape Hatteras northward (Waring 
et al., 2016). Fin whales are present north of 35-degree latitude in 
every season and are broadly distributed throughout the western North 
Atlantic for most of the year, though densities vary seasonally (Waring 
et al., 2016). Fin whales are found in small groups of up to five 
individuals (Brueggeman et al., 1987). The main threats to fin whales 
are fishery interactions and vessel collisions (Waring et al., 2016). 
The proposed survey area would overlap spatially and temporally with a 
biologically important feeding area for fin whales. The important fin 
whale feeding area occurs from March through October and stretches from 
an area south of Montauk Point to south of Martha's Vineyard.

Sei Whale

    The Nova Scotia stock of sei whales can be found in deeper waters 
of the continental shelf edge waters of the northeastern United States 
and northeastward to south of Newfoundland. The southern portion of the 
stock's range during spring and summer includes the Gulf of Maine and 
Georges Bank. Spring is the period of greatest abundance in U.S. 
waters, with sightings concentrated along the eastern margin of Georges 
Bank and into the Northeast Channel area, and along the southwestern 
edge of Georges Bank in the area of Hydrographer Canyon (Waring et al., 
2015). Sei whales occur in shallower waters to feed. Sei whales are 
listed as engendered under the ESA and the Nova Scotia stock is 
considered strategic and depleted under the MMPA.

Minke Whale

    Minke whales can be found in temperate, tropical, and high-latitude 
waters. The Canadian East Coast stock can be found in the area from the 
western half of the Davis Strait (45 [deg]W) to the Gulf of Mexico 
(Waring et al., 2016). This species generally occupies waters less than 
100 m deep on the continental shelf. There appears to be a strong 
seasonal component to minke whale distribution in which spring to fall 
are times of relatively widespread and common occurrence, and when the 
whales are most abundant in New England waters, while during winter the 
species appears to be largely absent (Waring et al., 2016).

Sperm Whale

    The distribution of the sperm whale in the U.S. EEZ occurs on the 
continental shelf edge, over the continental slope, and into mid-ocean 
regions (Waring et al., 2014). The basic social unit of the sperm whale 
appears to be the mixed school of adult females plus their calves and 
some juveniles of both sexes, normally numbering 20-40 animals in all. 
There is evidence that some social bonds persist for many years 
(Christal et al., 1998). This species forms stable social groups, site 
fidelity, and latitudinal range limitations in groups of females and 
juveniles (Whitehead, 2002). In summer, the distribution of sperm 
whales includes the area east and north of Georges Bank and into the 
Northeast Channel region, as well as the continental shelf (inshore of 
the 100-m isobath) south of New England. In the fall, sperm whale 
occurrence south of New England on the continental shelf is at its 
highest level, and there remains a continental shelf edge occurrence in 
the mid-Atlantic bight. In winter, sperm whales are concentrated east 
and northeast of Cape Hatteras.

Long-Finned Pilot Whale

    Long-finned pilot whales are found from North Carolina and north to 
Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea (Waring et al., 2016). In U.S. 
Atlantic waters the species is distributed principally along the 
continental shelf edge off the northeastern U.S. coast in winter and 
early spring and in late spring, pilot whales move onto Georges Bank 
and into the Gulf of Maine and more northern waters and remain in

[[Page 19718]]

these areas through late autumn (Waring et al., 2016). Long-finned 
pilot whales are not listed under the ESA. The Western North Atlantic 
stock is considered strategic under the MMPA.

Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin

    White-sided dolphins are found in temperate and sub-polar waters of 
the North Atlantic, primarily in continental shelf waters to the 100-m 
depth contour from central West Greenland to North Carolina (Waring et 
al., 2016). The Gulf of Maine stock is most common in continental shelf 
waters from Hudson Canyon to Georges Bank, and in the Gulf of Maine and 
lower Bay of Fundy. Sighting data indicate seasonal shifts in 
distribution (Northridge et al., 1997). During January to May, low 
numbers of white-sided dolphins are found from Georges Bank to Jeffreys 
Ledge (off New Hampshire), with even lower numbers south of Georges 
Bank, as documented by a few strandings collected on beaches of 
Virginia to South Carolina. From June through September, large numbers 
of white-sided dolphins are found from Georges Bank to the lower Bay of 
Fundy. From October to December, white-sided dolphins occur at 
intermediate densities from southern Georges Bank to southern Gulf of 
Maine (Payne and Heinemann 1990). Sightings south of Georges Bank, 
particularly around Hudson Canyon, occur year round but at low 
densities.

Atlantic Spotted Dolphin

    Atlantic spotted dolphins are found in tropical and warm temperate 
waters ranging from southern New England, south to Gulf of Mexico and 
the Caribbean to Venezuela (Waring et al., 2014). This stock regularly 
occurs in continental shelf waters south of Cape Hatteras and in 
continental shelf edge and continental slope waters north of this 
region (Waring et al., 2014). There are two forms of this species, with 
the larger ecotype inhabiting the continental shelf and is usually 
found inside or near the 200 m isobaths (Waring et al., 2014). Atlantic 
spotted dolphins are not listed under the ESA and the stock is not 
considered depleted or strategic under the MMPA.

Common Dolphin

    The short-beaked common dolphin is found world-wide in temperate to 
subtropical seas. In the North Atlantic, short-beaked common dolphins 
are commonly found over the continental shelf between the 100-m and 
2,000-m isobaths and over prominent underwater topography and east to 
the mid-Atlantic Ridge (Waring et al., 2016). Only the western North 
Atlantic stock may be present in the Lease Area.

Bottlenose Dolphin

    There are two distinct bottlenose dolphin ecotypes in the western 
North Atlantic: the coastal and offshore forms (Waring et al., 2016). 
The offshore form is distributed primarily along the outer continental 
shelf and continental slope in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean from 
Georges Bank to the Florida Keys and is the only type that may be 
present in the survey area as the survey area is north of the northern 
extent of the range of the Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory 
Coastal Stock.

Harbor Porpoise

    In the Lease Area, only the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock may be 
present. This stock is found in U.S. and Canadian Atlantic waters and 
is concentrated in the northern Gulf of Maine and southern Bay of Fundy 
region, generally in waters less than 150 m deep (Waring et al., 2016). 
They are seen from the coastline to deep waters (>1800 m; Westgate et 
al. 1998), although the majority of the population is found over the 
continental shelf (Waring et al., 2016). The main threat to the species 
is interactions with fisheries, with documented take in the U.S. 
northeast sink gillnet, mid-Atlantic gillnet, and northeast bottom 
trawl fisheries and in the Canadian herring weir fisheries (Waring et 
al., 2016).

Harbor Seal

    The harbor seal is found in all nearshore waters of the North 
Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining seas above about 
30[deg] N (Burns, 2009). In the western North Atlantic, harbor seals 
are distributed from the eastern Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to 
southern New England and New York, and occasionally to the Carolinas 
(Waring et al., 2016). Haulout and pupping sites are located off 
Manomet, MA and the Isles of Shoals, ME, but generally do not occur in 
areas in southern New England (Waring et al., 2016).

Gray Seal

    There are three major populations of gray seals found in the world; 
eastern Canada (western North Atlantic stock), northwestern Europe and 
the Baltic Sea. Gray seals in the survey area belong to the western 
North Atlantic stock. The range for this stock is thought to be from 
New Jersey to Labrador. Current population trends show that gray seal 
abundance is likely increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Waring et al., 
2016). Although the rate of increase is unknown, surveys conducted 
since their arrival in the 1980s indicate a steady increase in 
abundance in both Maine and Massachusetts (Waring et al., 2016). It is 
believed that recolonization by Canadian gray seals is the source of 
the U.S. population (Waring et al., 2016).

Marine Mammal Hearing

    Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals 
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious 
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to 
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine 
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine 
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et 
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect 
this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended that marine mammals be divided 
into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated 
hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response data, 
audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques, 
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements 
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes 
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) described 
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups. 
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 
decibel (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with 
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the 
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower 
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. The functional groups and 
the associated frequencies are indicated below (note that these 
frequency ranges correspond to the range for the composite group, with 
the entire range not necessarily reflecting the capabilities of every 
species within that group):
     Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing 
is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 35 
kilohertz (kHz);
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked 
whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur 
between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and 
members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members 
of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data

[[Page 19719]]

and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz; and
     Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized 
hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kH.
    The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et 
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have 
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing 
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range 
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 
2013).
    For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency 
ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. 
Fourteen marine mammal species (twelve cetacean and two pinniped (both 
phocid species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the 
proposed survey activities (see Table 2). Of the cetacean species that 
may be present, five are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., 
all mysticete species), six are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans 
(i.e., all delphinid species and the sperm whale), and one is 
classified as a high-frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor porpoise).

Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and 
their habitat. The ``Estimated Take'' section later in this document 
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are 
expected to be taken by this activity. The ``Negligible Impact Analysis 
and Determination'' section considers the content of this section, the 
``Estimated Take'' section, and the ``Proposed Mitigation'' section, to 
draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on 
the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those 
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or 
stocks.

Background on Sound

    Sound is a physical phenomenon consisting of minute vibrations that 
travel through a medium, such as air or water, and is generally 
characterized by several variables. Frequency describes the sound's 
pitch and is measured in Hz or kHz, while sound level describes the 
sound's intensity and is measured in dB. Sound level increases or 
decreases exponentially with each dB of change. The logarithmic nature 
of the scale means that each 10-dB increase is a 10-fold increase in 
acoustic power (and a 20-dB increase is then a 100-fold increase in 
power). A 10-fold increase in acoustic power does not mean that the 
sound is perceived as being 10 times louder, however. Sound levels are 
compared to a reference sound pressure (micro-Pascal) to identify the 
medium. For air and water, these reference pressures are ``re: 20 micro 
Pascals ([mu]Pa)'' and ``re: 1 [mu]Pa,'' respectively. Root mean square 
(RMS) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over the duration of an 
impulse. RMS is calculated by squaring all of the sound amplitudes, 
averaging the squares, and then taking the square root of the average 
(Urick 1975). RMS accounts for both positive and negative values; 
squaring the pressures makes all values positive so that they may be 
accounted for in the summation of pressure levels. This measurement is 
often used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part 
because behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may 
be better expressed through averaged units rather than by peak 
pressures.
    When sound travels (propagates) from its source, its loudness 
decreases as the distance traveled by the sound increases. Thus, the 
loudness of a sound at its source is higher than the loudness of that 
same sound one km away. Acousticians often refer to the loudness of a 
sound at its source (typically referenced to one meter from the source) 
as the source level and the loudness of sound elsewhere as the received 
level (i.e., typically the receiver). For example, a humpback whale 3 
km from a device that has a source level of 230 dB may only be exposed 
to sound that is 160 dB loud, depending on how the sound travels 
through water (e.g., spherical spreading (6 dB reduction with doubling 
of distance) was used in this example). As a result, it is important to 
understand the difference between source levels and received levels 
when discussing the loudness of sound in the ocean or its impacts on 
the marine environment.
    As sound travels from a source, its propagation in water is 
influenced by various physical characteristics, including water 
temperature, depth, salinity, and surface and bottom properties that 
cause refraction, reflection, absorption, and scattering of sound 
waves. Oceans are not homogeneous and the contribution of each of these 
individual factors is extremely complex and interrelated. The physical 
characteristics that determine the sound's speed through the water will 
change with depth, season, geographic location, and with time of day 
(as a result, in actual active sonar operations, crews will measure 
oceanic conditions, such as sea water temperature and depth, to 
calibrate models that determine the path the sonar signal will take as 
it travels through the ocean and how strong the sound signal will be at 
a given range along a particular transmission path). As sound travels 
through the ocean, the intensity associated with the wavefront 
diminishes, or attenuates. This decrease in intensity is referred to as 
propagation loss, also commonly called transmission loss.

Acoustic Impacts

    Geophysical surveys may temporarily impact marine mammals in the 
area due to elevated in-water sound levels. Marine mammals are 
continually exposed to many sources of sound. Naturally occurring 
sounds such as lightning, rain, sub-sea earthquakes, and biological 
sounds (e.g., snapping shrimp, whale songs) are widespread throughout 
the world's oceans. Marine mammals produce sounds in various contexts 
and use sound for various biological functions including, but not 
limited to: (1) Social interactions; (2) foraging; (3) orientation; and 
(4) predator detection. Interference with producing or receiving these 
sounds may result in adverse impacts. Audible distance, or received 
levels of sound depend on the nature of the sound source, ambient noise 
conditions, and the sensitivity of the receptor to the sound 
(Richardson et al., 1995). Type and significance of marine mammal 
reactions to sound are likely dependent on a variety of factors 
including, but not limited to, (1) the behavioral state of the animal 
(e.g., feeding, traveling, etc.); (2) frequency of the sound; (3) 
distance between the animal and the source; and (4) the level of the 
sound relative to ambient conditions (Southall et al., 2007).
    When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the 
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds 
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current 
data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing 
capabilities (Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and 
Hastings, 2008).
    Animals are less sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of their 
functional hearing range and are more sensitive to a range of 
frequencies within the middle of their functional hearing range.

Hearing Impairment

    Marine mammals may experience temporary or permanent hearing

[[Page 19720]]

impairment when exposed to loud sounds. Hearing impairment is 
classified by temporary threshold shift (TTS) and permanent threshold 
shift (PTS). PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007) 
and occurs in a specific frequency range and amount. Irreparable damage 
to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause PTS; however, other 
mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the elastic limits of 
certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner ears and 
resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear fluids 
(Southall et al., 2007). There are no empirical data for onset of PTS 
in any marine mammal; therefore, PTS-onset must be estimated from TTS-
onset measurements and from the rate of TTS growth with increasing 
exposure levels above the level eliciting TTS-onset. PTS is presumed to 
be likely if the hearing threshold is reduced by >=40 dB (that is, 40 
dB of TTS).

Temporary Threshold Shift (TTS)

    TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during 
exposure to a loud sound (Kryter 1985). While experiencing TTS, the 
hearing threshold rises and a sound must be stronger in order to be 
heard. At least in terrestrial mammals, TTS can last from minutes or 
hours to (in cases of strong TTS) days, can be limited to a particular 
frequency range, and can occur to varying degrees (i.e., a loss of a 
certain number of dBs of sensitivity). For sound exposures at or 
somewhat above the TTS threshold, hearing sensitivity in both 
terrestrial and marine mammals recovers rapidly after exposure to the 
noise ends.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics and in interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to 
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate 
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency 
range that takes place during a time when the animals is traveling 
through the open ocean, where ambient noise is lower and there are not 
as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and 
longer duration of TTS sustained during a time when communication is 
critical for successful mother/calf interactions could have more 
serious impacts if it were in the same frequency band as the necessary 
vocalizations and of a severity that it impeded communication. The fact 
that animals exposed to levels and durations of sound that would be 
expected to result in this physiological response would also be 
expected to have behavioral responses of a comparatively more severe or 
sustained nature is also notable and potentially of more importance 
than the simple existence of a TTS.
    Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans 
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor 
porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocaena phocaenoides)) and 
three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant seal (Mirounga 
angustirostris), harbor seal, and California sea lion (Zalophus 
californianus)) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e., 
mostly tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (e.g., 
Finneran et al., 2002 and 2010; Nachtigall et al., 2004; Kastak et al., 
2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011; 
Finneran and Schlundt, 2010). In general, harbor seals (Kastak et al., 
2005; Kastelein et al., 2012a) and harbor porpoises (Lucke et al., 
2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have a lower TTS onset than other 
measured pinniped or cetacean species. However, even for these animals, 
which are better able to hear higher frequencies and may be more 
sensitive to higher frequencies, exposures on the order of 
approximately 170 dB RMS or higher for brief transient signals are 
likely required for even temporary (recoverable) changes in hearing 
sensitivity that would likely not be categorized as physiologically 
damaging (Lucke et al., 2009). Additionally, the existing marine mammal 
TTS data come from a limited number of individuals within these 
species. There are no data available on noise-induced hearing loss for 
mysticetes. For summaries of data on TTS in marine mammals or for 
further discussion of TTS onset thresholds, please see Finneran (2015).
    Scientific literature highlights the inherent complexity of 
predicting TTS onset in marine mammals, as well as the importance of 
considering exposure duration when assessing potential impacts (Mooney 
et al., 2009a, 2009b; Kastak et al., 2007). Generally, with sound 
exposures of equal energy, quieter sounds (lower sound pressure levels 
(SPL)) of longer duration were found to induce TTS onset more than 
louder sounds (higher SPL) of shorter duration (more similar to sub-
bottom profilers). For intermittent sounds, less threshold shift will 
occur than from a continuous exposure with the same energy (some 
recovery will occur between intermittent exposures) (Kryter et al., 
1966; Ward 1997). For sound exposures at or somewhat above the TTS-
onset threshold, hearing sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to 
the sound ends; intermittent exposures recover faster in comparison 
with continuous exposures of the same duration (Finneran et al., 2010). 
NMFS considers TTS as Level B harassment that is mediated by 
physiological effects on the auditory system.
    Animals in the Lease Area during the HRG survey are unlikely to 
incur TTS hearing impairment due to the characteristics of the sound 
sources, which include low source levels (208 to 221 dB re 1 [micro]Pa-
m) and generally very short pulses and duration of the sound. Even for 
high-frequency cetacean species (e.g., harbor porpoises), which may 
have increased sensitivity to TTS (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein et 
al., 2012b), individuals would have to make a very close approach and 
also remain very close to vessels operating these sources in order to 
receive multiple exposures at relatively high levels, as would be 
necessary to cause TTS. Intermittent exposures--as would occur due to 
the brief, transient signals produced by these sources--require a 
higher cumulative SEL to induce TTS than would continuous exposures of 
the same duration (i.e., intermittent exposure results in lower levels 
of TTS) (Mooney et al., 2009a; Finneran et al., 2010). Moreover, most 
marine mammals would more likely avoid a loud sound source rather than 
swim in such close proximity as to result in TTS. Kremser et al. (2005) 
noted that the probability of a cetacean swimming through the area of 
exposure when a sub-bottom profiler emits a pulse is small--because if 
the animal was in the area, it would have to pass the transducer at 
close range in order to be subjected to sound levels that could cause 
TTS and would likely exhibit avoidance behavior to the area near the 
transducer rather than swim through at such a close range. Further, the 
restricted beam shape of the majority of the geophysical survey 
equipment planned for use (Table 1) makes it unlikely that an animal 
would be exposed more than briefly during the passage of the vessel.

Masking

    Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest to an animal by 
other sounds, typically at similar frequencies. Marine mammals are 
highly dependent on sound, and their ability to recognize sound signals 
amid other sound is important in communication and

[[Page 19721]]

detection of both predators and prey (Tyack 2000). Background ambient 
sound may interfere with or mask the ability of an animal to detect a 
sound signal even when that signal is above its absolute hearing 
threshold. Even in the absence of anthropogenic sound, the marine 
environment is often loud. Natural ambient sound includes contributions 
from wind, waves, precipitation, other animals, and (at frequencies 
above 30 kHz) thermal sound resulting from molecular agitation 
(Richardson et al., 1995).
    Background sound may also include anthropogenic sound, and masking 
of natural sounds can result when human activities produce high levels 
of background sound. Conversely, if the background level of underwater 
sound is high (e.g., on a day with strong wind and high waves), an 
anthropogenic sound source would not be detectable as far away as would 
be possible under quieter conditions and would itself be masked. 
Ambient sound is highly variable on continental shelves (Myrberg 1978; 
Desharnais et al., 1999). This results in a high degree of variability 
in the range at which marine mammals can detect anthropogenic sounds.
    Although masking is a phenomenon which may occur naturally, the 
introduction of loud anthropogenic sounds into the marine environment 
at frequencies important to marine mammals increases the severity and 
frequency of occurrence of masking. For example, if a baleen whale is 
exposed to continuous low-frequency sound from an industrial source, 
this would reduce the size of the area around that whale within which 
it can hear the calls of another whale. The components of background 
noise that are similar in frequency to the signal in question primarily 
determine the degree of masking of that signal. In general, little is 
known about the degree to which marine mammals rely upon detection of 
sounds from conspecifics, predators, prey, or other natural sources. In 
the absence of specific information about the importance of detecting 
these natural sounds, it is not possible to predict the impact of 
masking on marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). In general, 
masking effects are expected to be less severe when sounds are 
transient than when they are continuous. Masking is typically of 
greater concern for those marine mammals that utilize low-frequency 
communications, such as baleen whales, because of how far low-frequency 
sounds propagate.
    Marine mammal communications would not likely be masked appreciably 
by the sub-bottom profiler signals given the directionality of the 
signals (for most geophysical survey equipment types planned for use 
(Table 1)) and the brief period when an individual mammal is likely to 
be within its beam.

Non-Auditory Physical Effects (Stress)

    Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous 
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception 
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually 
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to 
trigger a stress response (Moberg 2000; Seyle 1950). Once an animal's 
central nervous system perceives a threat, it mounts a biological 
response or defense that consists of a combination of the four general 
biological defense responses: Behavioral responses, autonomic nervous 
system responses, neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses.
    In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and sometimes most 
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance 
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a 
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the 
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical 
``fight or flight'' response which includes the cardiovascular system, 
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal 
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with 
``stress.'' These responses have a relatively short duration and may or 
may not have significant long-term effect on an animal's welfare.
    An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its 
neuroendocrine systems; the system that has received the most study has 
been the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal system (also known as the HPA 
axis in mammals). Unlike stress responses associated with the autonomic 
nervous system, virtually all neuro-endocrine functions that are 
affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been 
implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg 1987; Rivier 1995), altered 
metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced immune competence (Blecha 
2000), and behavioral disturbance. Increases in the circulation of 
glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone, and aldosterone in 
marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been equated with stress 
for many years.
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost 
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen 
stores that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. 
In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose a 
risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does not have 
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress 
response, energy resources must be diverted from other biotic function, 
which impairs those functions that experience the diversion. For 
example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from 
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth. 
When mounting a stress response diverts energy from a fetus, an 
animal's reproductive success and its fitness will suffer. In these 
cases, the animals will have entered a pre-pathological or pathological 
state which is called ``distress'' (Seyle 1950) or ``allostatic 
loading'' (McEwen and Wingfield 2003). This pathological state will 
last until the animal replenishes its biotic reserves sufficient to 
restore normal function. Note that these examples involved a long-term 
(days or weeks) stress response exposure to stimuli.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented 
fairly well through controlled experiments; because this physiology 
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising 
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both 
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al., 
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004; 
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer, 
2000). Information has also been collected on the physiological 
responses of marine mammals to exposure to anthropogenic sounds (Fair 
and Becker 2000; Romano et al., 2002). For example, Rolland et al. 
(2012) found that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay 
of Fundy was associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right 
whales.
    Studies of other marine animals and terrestrial animals would also 
lead us to expect some marine mammals to experience physiological 
stress responses and, perhaps, physiological responses that would be 
classified as ``distress'' upon exposure to high frequency, mid-
frequency and low-

[[Page 19722]]

frequency sounds. For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the 
relationship between acoustic exposures and physiological responses 
that are indicative of stress responses in humans (for example, 
elevated respiration and increased heart rates). Jones (1998) reported 
on reductions in human performance when faced with acute, repetitive 
exposures to acoustic disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998) reported on 
the physiological stress responses of osprey to low-level aircraft 
noise while Krausman et al. (2004) reported on the auditory and 
physiology stress responses of endangered Sonoran pronghorn to military 
overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b), for example, identified 
noise-induced physiological transient stress responses in hearing-
specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and long-term 
hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological and 
behavioral stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner ears 
of fish and several mammals.
    Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather 
information about their environment and to communicate with 
conspecifics. Although empirical information on the relationship 
between sensory impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine 
mammals remains limited, it seems reasonable to assume that reducing an 
animal's ability to gather information about its environment and to 
communicate with other members of its species would be stressful for 
animals that use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism. Therefore, 
we assume that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS or 
TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress responses because 
terrestrial animals exhibit those responses under similar conditions 
(NRC 2003). More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress 
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger 
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover 
from stress responses (Moberg 2000), we also assume that stress 
responses are likely to persist beyond the time interval required for 
animals to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral 
responses to TTS.
    In general, there are few data on the potential for strong, 
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects 
in marine mammals. The available data do not allow identification of a 
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be 
expected (Southall et al., 2007). There is no definitive evidence that 
any of these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity 
to an anthropogenic sound source. In addition, marine mammals that show 
behavioral avoidance of survey vessels and related sound sources are 
unlikely to incur non-auditory impairment or other physical effects. 
NMFS does not expect that the generally short-term, intermittent, and 
transitory HRG and geotechnical activities would create conditions of 
long-term, continuous noise and chronic acoustic exposure leading to 
long-term physiological stress responses in marine mammals.

Behavioral Disturbance

    Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of effects, including 
subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance of an area 
or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous changes in similar 
behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or potentially severe 
reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment of high-quality 
habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly variable and context-
specific and any reactions depend on numerous intrinsic and extrinsic 
factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, experience, current 
activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, time of day), as 
well as the interplay between factors (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; 
Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007; Archer et 
al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not only among individuals 
but also within an individual, depending on previous experience with a 
sound source, context, and numerous other factors (Ellison et al., 
2012), and can vary depending on characteristics associated with the 
sound source (e.g., whether it is moving or stationary, number of 
sources, distance from the source). Please see Appendices B-C of 
Southall et al. (2007) for a review of studies involving marine mammal 
behavioral responses to sound.
    Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes 
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated 
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to 
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that 
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in 
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor 
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to 
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is 
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent 
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of 
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response. 
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral 
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are 
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 
1995; NRC 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with 
captive marine mammals have shown pronounced behavioral reactions, 
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; 
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to 
loud, pulsed sound sources (typically seismic airguns or acoustic 
harassment devices) have been varied but often consist of avoidance 
behavior or other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and 
Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
    Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater 
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given 
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving 
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater 
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts 
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let 
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces 
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a 
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be 
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart 2007; NRC 2005). 
However, there are broad categories of potential response, which we 
describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive 
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing, 
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
    Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of 
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as 
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel 
and Clark 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung 2003; Nowacek et al., 
2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b). Variations in dive behavior may 
reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g., 
foraging) or they may be of little biological significance. The impact 
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure 
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the 
type and magnitude of the response.

[[Page 19723]]

    Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with 
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed 
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary 
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive 
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency, 
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as 
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to 
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al., 
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness 
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic 
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between 
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history 
stage of the animal.
    Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors 
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure 
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a 
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates 
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute 
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may 
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and 
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in 
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise 
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic 
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005b, 2006; Gailey et 
al., 2007).
    Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple 
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and 
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic 
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to 
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased 
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of 
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have 
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al., 
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales 
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward 
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic 
noise (Parks et al., 2007b). In some cases, animals may cease sound 
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
    Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or 
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other 
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance 
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales 
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory 
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al., 
1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area 
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold 1996; Stone 
et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-
term displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in 
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the 
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not 
occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et 
al., 2006).
    A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a 
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound 
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in 
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of 
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine 
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight 
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and 
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from 
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the 
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings 
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to 
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and 
Reeves, 2008) and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may 
influence the response.
    Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more 
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to 
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of 
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to 
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects 
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies 
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased 
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and 
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In 
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through 
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent 
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington 
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, 
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose 
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any 
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption 
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound 
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one 
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007). 
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not 
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe 
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et 
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day 
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic 
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple 
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either 
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further, 
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive 
behavioral responses.
    Marine mammals are likely to avoid the HRG survey activity, 
especially the naturally shy harbor porpoise, while the harbor seals 
might be attracted to them out of curiosity. However, because the sub-
bottom profilers and other HRG survey equipment operate from a moving 
vessel, and the maximum radius to the Level B harassment threshold is 
relatively small, the area and time that this equipment would be 
affecting a given location is very small. Further, once an area has 
been surveyed, it is not likely that it will be surveyed again, thereby 
reducing the likelihood of repeated HRG-related impacts within the 
survey area.
    We have also considered the potential for severe behavioral 
responses such as stranding and associated indirect injury or mortality 
from DWW's use of HRG survey equipment, on the basis of a 2008 mass 
stranding of approximately 100 melon-headed whales in a Madagascar 
lagoon system. An investigation of the event indicated that use of a 
high-frequency mapping system (12-kHz multibeam echosounder) was the 
most plausible and likely initial behavioral trigger of the event, 
while providing the caveat that there is no unequivocal and easily 
identifiable single cause (Southall et al., 2013). The investigatory 
panel's conclusion was

[[Page 19724]]

based on (1) very close temporal and spatial association and directed 
movement of the survey with the stranding event; (2) the unusual nature 
of such an event coupled with previously documented apparent behavioral 
sensitivity of the species to other sound types (Southall et al., 2006; 
Brownell et al., 2009); and (3) the fact that all other possible 
factors considered were determined to be unlikely causes. Specifically, 
regarding survey patterns prior to the event and in relation to 
bathymetry, the vessel transited in a north-south direction on the 
shelf break parallel to the shore, ensonifying large areas of deep-
water habitat prior to operating intermittently in a concentrated area 
offshore from the stranding site; this may have trapped the animals 
between the sound source and the shore, thus driving them towards the 
lagoon system. The investigatory panel systematically excluded or 
deemed highly unlikely nearly all potential reasons for these animals 
leaving their typical pelagic habitat for an area extremely atypical 
for the species (i.e., a shallow lagoon system). Notably, this was the 
first time that such a system has been associated with a stranding 
event. The panel also noted several site- and situation-specific 
secondary factors that may have contributed to the avoidance responses 
that led to the eventual entrapment and mortality of the whales. 
Specifically, shoreward-directed surface currents and elevated 
chlorophyll levels in the area preceding the event may have played a 
role (Southall et al., 2013). The report also notes that prior use of a 
similar system in the general area may have sensitized the animals and 
also concluded that, for odontocete cetaceans that hear well in higher 
frequency ranges where ambient noise is typically quite low, high-power 
active sonars operating in this range may be more easily audible and 
have potential effects over larger areas than low frequency systems 
that have more typically been considered in terms of anthropogenic 
noise impacts. It is, however, important to note that the relatively 
lower output frequency, higher output power, and complex nature of the 
system implicated in this event, in context of the other factors noted 
here, likely produced a fairly unusual set of circumstances that 
indicate that such events would likely remain rare and are not 
necessarily relevant to use of lower-power, higher-frequency systems 
more commonly used for HRG survey applications. The risk of similar 
events recurring may be very low, given the extensive use of active 
acoustic systems used for scientific and navigational purposes 
worldwide on a daily basis and the lack of direct evidence of such 
responses previously reported.

Tolerance

    Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds from industrial 
activities are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water 
at distances of many km. However, other studies have shown that marine 
mammals at distances more than a few km away often show no apparent 
response to industrial activities of various types (Miller et al., 
2005). This is often true even in cases when the sounds must be readily 
audible to the animals based on measured received levels and the 
hearing sensitivity of that mammal group. Although various baleen 
whales, toothed whales, and (less frequently) pinnipeds have been shown 
to react behaviorally to underwater sound from sources such as airgun 
pulses or vessels under some conditions, at other times, mammals of all 
three types have shown no overt reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986; 
Richardson et al., 1995; Madsen and Mohl 2000; Croll et al., 2001; 
Jacobs and Terhune 2002; Madsen et al., 2002; Miller et al., 2005). In 
general, pinnipeds seem to be more tolerant of exposure to some types 
of underwater sound than are baleen whales. Richardson et al. (1995) 
found that vessel sound does not seem to affect pinnipeds that are 
already in the water. Richardson et al. (1995) went on to explain that 
seals on haul-outs sometimes respond strongly to the presence of 
vessels and at other times appear to show considerable tolerance of 
vessels, and Brueggeman et al. (1992) observed ringed seals (Pusa 
hispida) hauled out on ice pans displaying short-term escape reactions 
when a ship approached within 0.16-0.31 miles (0.25-0.5 km). Due to the 
relatively high vessel traffic in the Lease Area it is possible that 
marine mammals are habituated to noise (e.g., DP thrusters) from 
project vessels in the area.

Vessel Strike

    Ship strikes of marine mammals can cause major wounds, which may 
lead to the death of the animal. An animal at the surface could be 
struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the bottom of 
a vessel, or a vessel's propeller could injure an animal just below the 
surface. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and 
speed of the vessel (Knowlton and Kraus 2001; Laist et al., 2001; 
Vanderlaan and Taggart 2007).
    The most vulnerable marine mammals are those that spend extended 
periods of time at the surface in order to restore oxygen levels within 
their tissues after deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In addition, 
some baleen whales, such as the North Atlantic right whale, seem 
generally unresponsive to vessel sound, making them more susceptible to 
vessel collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These species are primarily 
large, slow moving whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g., bottlenose 
dolphin) move quickly through the water column and are often seen 
riding the bow wave of large ships. Marine mammal responses to vessels 
may include avoidance and changes in dive pattern (NRC 2003).
    An examination of all known ship strikes from all shipping sources 
(civilian and military) indicates vessel speed is a principal factor in 
whether a vessel strike results in death (Knowlton and Kraus 2001; 
Laist et al., 2001; Jensen and Silber 2003; Vanderlaan and Taggart 
2007). In assessing records with known vessel speeds, Laist et al. 
(2001) found a direct relationship between the occurrence of a whale 
strike and the speed of the vessel involved in the collision. The 
authors concluded that most deaths occurred when a vessel was traveling 
in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9 mph; 13 knots (kn)). Given the slow vessel 
speeds and predictable course necessary for data acquisition, ship 
strike is unlikely to occur during the geophysical and geotechnical 
surveys. Marine mammals would be able to easily avoid the survey vessel 
due to the slow vessel speed. Further, DWW would implement measures 
(e.g., protected species monitoring, vessel speed restrictions and 
separation distances; see Proposed Mitigation) set forth in the BOEM 
lease to reduce the risk of a vessel strike to marine mammal species in 
the survey area.

Marine Mammal Habitat

    The HRG survey equipment will not contact the seafloor and does not 
represent a source of pollution. We are not aware of any available 
literature on impacts to marine mammal prey from sound produced by HRG 
survey equipment. However, as the HRG survey equipment introduces noise 
to the marine environment, there is the potential for it to result in 
avoidance of the area around the HRG survey activities on the part of 
marine mammal prey. Any avoidance of the area on the part of marine 
mammal prey would be expected to be short term and temporary.
    Because of the temporary nature of the disturbance, and the 
availability of similar habitat and resources (e.g., prey

[[Page 19725]]

species) in the surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and the 
food sources that they utilize are not expected to cause significant or 
long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their 
populations. Impacts on marine mammal habitat from the proposed 
activities will be temporary, insignificant, and discountable.

Estimated Take

    This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes 
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both 
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact 
determination.
    Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these 
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent 
here, the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of pursuit, torment, 
or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).
    Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment, as use of the HRG 
equipment has the potential to result in disruption of behavioral 
patterns for individual marine mammals. NMFS has determined take by 
Level A harassment is not an expected outcome of the proposed activity 
and thus we do not propose to authorize the take of any marine mammals 
by Level A harassment. This is discussed in greater detail below. As 
described previously, no mortality or serious injury is anticipated or 
proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the 
take is estimated for this project.
    Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: 
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available 
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur 
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of 
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the 
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; 
and, (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these 
components in more detail and present the proposed take estimate.

Acoustic Thresholds

    NMFS uses acoustic thresholds that identify the received level of 
underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably 
expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or 
to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
    Level B Harassment--Though significantly driven by received level, 
the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure 
is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the 
sound source (e.g., frequency, predictability, duty cycle); the 
environment (e.g., bathymetry); and the receiving animals (hearing, 
motivation, experience, demography, behavioral context); therefore can 
be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison et al. 2012). 
NMFS uses a generalized acoustic threshold based on received level to 
estimate the onset of Level B (behavioral) harassment. NMFS predicts 
that marine mammals may be behaviorally harassed when exposed to 
underwater anthropogenic noise above received levels 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
(RMS) for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic HRG equipment) or 
intermittent (e.g., scientific sonar) sources. DWW's proposed activity 
includes the use of impulsive sources. Therefore, the 160 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa (RMS) criteria is applicable for analysis of Level B harassment.
    Level A Harassment--NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the 
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (NMFS 2016) 
identifies dual criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) 
to five different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) 
as a result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources 
(impulsive or non-impulsive). The Technical Guidance identifies the 
received levels, or thresholds, above which individual marine mammals 
are predicted to experience changes in their hearing sensitivity for 
all underwater anthropogenic sound sources, reflects the best available 
science, and better predicts the potential for auditory injury than 
does NMFS' historical criteria.
    These thresholds were developed by compiling and synthesizing the 
best available science and soliciting input multiple times from both 
the public and peer reviewers to inform the final product, and are 
provided in Table 3 below. The references, analysis, and methodology 
used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 
Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/guidelines.htm. As described above, DWW's proposed activity 
includes the use of intermittent and impulsive sources.

 Table 3--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
                            in Marine Mammals
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          PTS onset thresholds
        Hearing group         ------------------------------------------
                                  Impulsive *         Non-impulsive
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans.  Lpk,flat: 219     LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                dB; LE,LF,24h:
                                183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans.  Lpk,flat: 230     LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                dB; LE,MF,24h:
                                185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans  Lpk,flat: 202     LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                dB; LE,HF,24h:
                                155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW)          Lpk,flat: 218     LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
 (Underwater).                  dB; LE,PW,24h:
                                185 dB.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: *Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use
  whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset.
  If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound
  pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these
  thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [mu]Pa, and
  cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of
  1[mu]Pa2s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect
  American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However,
  peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency
  weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence,
  the subscript ``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound
  pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized
  hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure
  level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory
  weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
  and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The
  cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could be exceeded in a
  multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty
  cycle). When possible, it is valuable for action proponents to
  indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
  exceeded.


[[Page 19726]]

Ensonified Area

    Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the 
activity that will feed into estimating the area ensonified above the 
acoustic thresholds.
    The proposed survey would entail the use of HRG survey equipment. 
The distance to the isopleth corresponding to the threshold for Level B 
harassment was calculated for all HRG survey equipment with the 
potential to result in harassment of marine mammals using the spherical 
transmission loss (TL) equation: TL = 20log10[gamma]. 
Results of modeling indicated that, of the HRG survey equipment planned 
for use that has the potential to result in harassment of marine 
mammals, the AA Dura-Spark would be expected to produce sound that 
would propagate the furthest in the water (Table 4); therefore, for the 
purposes of the take calculation, it was assumed the AA Dura-Spark 
would be active during the entirety of the survey. Thus the distance to 
the isopleth corresponding to the threshold for Level B harassment for 
the AA Dura-Spark (estimated at 447 m; Table 4) was used as the basis 
of the Level B take calculation for all marine mammals.

Table 4--Modeled Radial Distances From HRG Survey Equipment to Isopleths
              Corresponding to Level B Harassment Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Radial
                                                           distance (m)
                                                            to Level B
                       HRG system                           harassment
                                                             threshold
                                                           (160 dB  re 1
                                                              [mu]Pa)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
TB Chirp................................................           70.79
EdgeTech Chirp..........................................            6.31
AA Boomer...............................................            5.62
AA S-Boom...............................................          141.25
Bubble Gun..............................................            63.1
800J Spark..............................................          141.25
AA Dura Spark...........................................          446.69
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Predicted distances to Level A harassment isopleths, which vary 
based on marine mammal functional hearing groups (Table 5), were also 
calculated. The updated acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds (such 
as HRG survey equipment) contained in the Technical Guidance (NMFS, 
2016) were presented as dual metric acoustic thresholds using both 
cumulative sound exposure level (SELcum) and peak sound 
pressure level metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS 
(Level A harassment) to have occurred when either one of the two 
metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the largest isopleth).
    The SELcum metric considers both level and duration of 
exposure, as well as auditory weighting functions by marine mammal 
hearing group. In recognition of the fact that calculating Level A 
harassment ensonified areas could be more technically challenging to 
predict due to the duration component and the use of weighting 
functions in the new SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an 
optional User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict a simple 
isopleth that can be used in conjunction with marine mammal density or 
occurrence to facilitate the estimation of take numbers. DWW used the 
NMFS optional User Spreadsheet to calculate distances to Level A 
harassment isopleths based on SELcum. To calculate distances 
to the Level A harassment isopleths based on peak pressure, the 
spherical spreading loss model was used (similar to the method used to 
calculate Level B isopleths as described above).
    Modeling of distances to isopleths corresponding to Level A 
harassment was performed for all types of HRG equipment planned for use 
with the potential to result in harassment of marine mammals. Of the 
HRG equipment types modeled, the AA Dura Spark resulted in the largest 
distances to isopleths corresponding to Level A harassment for all 
marine mammal functional hearing groups; therefore, to be conservative, 
the isopleths modeled for the AA Dura Spark were used to estimate 
potential Level A take. Based on a conservative assumption that the AA 
Dura Spark would be operated at 1,000 joules during the survey, a peak 
source level of 223 dB re 1[mu]Pa was used for modeling Level A 
harassment isopleths based on peak pressure (Crocker & Fratantonio, 
2016). Inputs to the NMFS optional User Spreadsheet for the AA Dura 
Spark are shown in Table 5. Modeled distances to isopleths 
corresponding to Level A harassment thresholds for the AA Dura Spark 
are shown in Table 6 (modeled distances to Level A harassment isopleths 
for all other types of HRG equipment planned for use are shown in Table 
6 of the IHA application). As described above, NMFS considers onset of 
PTS (Level A harassment) to have occurred when either one of the two 
metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the largest isopleth).

  Table 5--Inputs to the NMFS Optional User Spreadsheet for the AA Dura
                                  Spark
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Level (RMS SPL) \1\................  213 dB re 1[mu]Pa.
Source Level (peak) \1\...................  223 dB re 1[mu]Pa.
Weighting Factor Adjustment (kHz) \1\.....  3.2.
Source Velocity (meters/second)...........  2.07.
Pulse Duration (seconds)..................  0.0021.
1/Repetition rate (seconds)...............  2.42.
Duty Cycle................................  0.00.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Derived from Crocker & Fratantonio (2016), based on operation at
  1,000 joules.


 Table 6--Modeled Radial Distances to Isopleths Corresponding to Level A
                          Harassment Thresholds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Radial
                                              Radial       distance (m)
                                           distance (m)     to Level A
    Functional hearing group (Level A       to Level A      harassment
         harassment thresholds)             harassment       threshold
                                             threshold    (Peak SPLflat)
                                             (SELcum)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency cetaceans.................             1.3             1.6
(Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB)...
Mid frequency cetaceans.................             0.0             0.0
(Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB)...
High frequency cetaceans................             8.6            11.2
(Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB)...
Phocid Pinnipeds (Underwater)...........             0.7             1.8
(Lpk,flat: 218 dB; LE,HF,24h: 185 dB)...
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 19727]]

    Due to the small estimated distances to Level A harassment 
thresholds for all marine mammal functional hearing groups, based on 
both SELcum and peak SPL (Table 6), and in consideration of 
the proposed mitigation measures (see the Proposed Mitigation section 
for more detail), NMFS has determined that the likelihood of Level A 
take of marine mammals occurring as a result of the proposed survey is 
so low as to be discountable.
    We note that because of some of the assumptions included in the 
methods used, isopleths produced may be overestimates to some degree. 
Most of the acoustic sources proposed for use in DWW's survey 
(including the AA Dura-Spark) do not radiate sound equally in all 
directions but were designed instead to focus acoustic energy directly 
toward the sea floor. Therefore, the acoustic energy produced by these 
sources is not received equally in all directions around the source but 
is instead concentrated along some narrower plane depending on the 
beamwidth of the source. However, the calculated distances to isopleths 
do not account for this directionality of the sound source and are 
therefore conservative. Two types of geophysical survey equipment 
planned for use in the proposed survey are omni-directional (Table 1), 
however the modeled distances to isopleths corresponding to the Level B 
harassment threshold for these sources are smaller than that for the 
Dura Spark (Table 1), and the Dura Spark was used to conservatively 
estimate take for the duration of the survey. For mobile sources, such 
as the proposed survey, the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest 
distance at which a stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound 
source traveled by the animal in a straight line at a constant speed.

Marine Mammal Occurrence

    In this section we provide the information about the presence, 
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take 
calculations.
    The best available scientific information was considered in 
calculating marine mammal exposure estimates (the basis for estimating 
take). For cetacean species, densities calculated by Roberts et al. 
(2016) were used. The density data presented by Roberts et al. (2016) 
incorporates aerial and shipboard line-transect survey data from NMFS 
and from other organizations collected over the period 1992-2014. 
Roberts et al. (2016) modeled density from 8 physiographic and 16 
dynamic oceanographic and biological covariates, and controlled for the 
influence of sea state, group size, availability bias, and perception 
bias on the probability of making a sighting. NMFS considers the models 
produced by Roberts et al. (2016) to be the best available source of 
data regarding cetacean densities for this project. More information, 
including the model results and supplementary information for each 
model, is available online at: seamap.env.duke.edu/models/Duke-EC-GOM-2015/.
    For the purposes of the take calculations, density data from 
Roberts et al. (2016) were mapped using a geographic information system 
(GIS), using density data for the months June through December. Mean 
density per month for each species within the survey area was 
calculated by selecting 13 random raster cells selected from 100 km\2\ 
raster cells that were inside, or adjacent to, the RI-MA WEA (see 
Figure 1 in the IHA application). Estimates provided by the models are 
based on a grid cell size of 100 km\2\; therefore, model grid cell 
values were then divided by 100 to determine animals per square km.
    Systematic, offshore, at-sea survey data for pinnipeds are more 
limited than those for cetaceans. The best available information 
concerning pinniped densities in the proposed survey area is the U.S. 
Navy's Operating Area (OPAREA) Density Estimates (NODEs) (DoN, 2007). 
These density models utilized vessel-based and aerial survey data 
collected by NMFS from 1998-2005 during broad-scale abundance studies. 
Modeling methodology is detailed in DoN (2007). For the purposes of the 
take calculations, NODEs Density Estimates (DoN, 2007) as reported for 
the summer and fall seasons were used to estimate harbor seal and gray 
seal densities.

Take Calculation and Estimation

    Here we describe how the information provided above is brought 
together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
    In order to estimate the number of marine mammals predicted to be 
exposed to sound levels that would result in harassment, radial 
distances to predicted isopleths corresponding to harassment thresholds 
are calculated, as described above. Those distances are then used to 
calculate the area(s) around the HRG survey equipment predicted to be 
ensonified to sound levels that exceed harassment thresholds. The area 
estimated to be ensonified to relevant thresholds in a single day of 
the survey is then calculated, based on areas predicted to be 
ensonified around the HRG survey equipment and the estimated trackline 
distance traveled per day by the survey vessel. DWW estimates a maximum 
daily track line distance of 110 km per day during HRG surveys. Based 
on the maximum estimated distance to the Level B harassment threshold 
of 447 m (Table 4) and the maximum estimated daily track line distance 
of 110 km, an area of 98.9 km\2\ would be ensonified to the Level B 
harassment threshold per day during HRG surveys.
    The number of marine mammals expected to be incidentally taken per 
day is then calculated by estimating the number of each species 
predicted to occur within the daily ensonified area, using estimated 
marine mammal densities as described above. Estimated numbers of each 
species taken per day are then multiplied by the number of survey days 
(i.e., 200), and the product is then rounded, to generate an estimate 
of the total number of each species expected to be taken over the 
duration of the survey (Table 7).
    The applicant estimated a total of 11 takes by Level A harassment 
of harbor porpoises, 5 takes by Level A harassment of harbor seals, and 
7 takes by Level A harassment of gray seals would occur, in the absence 
of mitigation. However, as described above, due to the very small 
estimated distances to Level A harassment thresholds (Table 6), and in 
consideration of the proposed mitigation measures, the likelihood of 
the proposed survey resulting in take in the form of Level A harassment 
is considered so low as to be discountable; therefore, we do not 
propose to authorize take of any marine mammals by Level A harassment. 
Although there are no exclusion zones (EZs) proposed for pinnipeds, the 
estimated distance to the isopleth corresponding to the Level A 
harassment threshold for pinnipeds is less than 2 m (Table 6); 
therefore, we determined the likelihood of an animal being taken within 
this proximity of the survey equipment to be so low as to be 
discountable. Proposed take numbers are shown in Table 7.

[[Page 19728]]



    Table 7--Total Numbers of Potential Incidental Take of Marine Mammals Proposed for Authorization and Proposed Takes as a Percentage of Population
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                         Total proposed
                                                        Density (#/100  Proposed Level     Estimated    Proposed Level  Total Proposed     takes as a
                        Species                             km\2\)          A takes      Level B takes      B takes          takes        percentage of
                                                                                                                                         population \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale............................         0.01706               0               3               3               3               0.6
Humpback whale........................................         0.14439               0              29              29              29               1.8
Fin whale \2\.........................................         0.21353               0              42              42              42               1.2
Sei whale \3\.........................................           0.005               0               1               2               2               0.3
Minke whale...........................................         0.04745               0               9               9               9              <0.1
Sperm whale...........................................         0.00665               0               1               1               1              <0.1
Long-finned pilot whale \3\...........................         0.15364               0              30              32              32               0.2
Bottlenose dolphin....................................         1.60936               0             318             318             318               0.3
Atlantic Spotted dolphin \3\..........................         0.00886               0               2              50              50               0.1
Common dolphin \2\....................................         4.59986               0             910             910             910               0.5
Atlantic white-sided dolphin..........................          1.8036               0             357             357             357               1.0
Harbor porpoise \4\...................................         2.53125               0             501             501             501               1.1
Harbor seal...........................................         6.49533               0           1,285           1,285           1,285               1.7
Gray seal.............................................         9.41067               0           1,861           1,861           1,861               6.9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Estimates of total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on marine mammal abundance estimates provided by Roberts et al. (2016),
  when available, except where noted otherwise, to maintain consistency with density estimates which are derived from data provided by Roberts et al.
  (2016). In cases where abundances are not provided by Roberts et al. (2016), total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on abundance
  estimates in the NMFS Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2018).
\2\ Estimates of total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on marine mammal abundance estimates as reported in the 2007 TNASS (Lawson
  and Gosselin, 2009) (Table 2). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when possible. In general, where
  the TNASS survey effort provided superior coverage of a stock's range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey effort), the resulting abundance
  estimate is considered more accurate than abundance estimates based on NMFS surveys.
\3\ The proposed number of authorized takes (Level B harassment only) for these species has been increased from the estimated take to mean group size.
  Source for sei whale group size estimate is: Schilling et al. (1992). Source for long-finned pilot whale group size estimate is: Augusto et al.
  (2017). Source for Atlantic spotted dolphin group size estimate is: Jefferson et al. (2008).
\4\ The density estimate in the IHA application is incorrectly shown as 0.0225781 animals/km2. The correct density estimate is reflected in Table 7.

    Species with Take Estimates Less than Mean Group Size: Using the 
approach described above to estimate take, the take estimates for the 
sei whale, long-finned pilot whale and Atlantic spotted dolphin were 
less than the average group sizes estimated for these species (Table 
6). However, information on the social structures and life histories of 
these species indicates these species are often encountered in groups. 
The results of take calculations support the likelihood that the 
proposed survey is expected to encounter and to incidentally take these 
species, and we believe it is likely that these species may be 
encountered in groups. Therefore it is reasonable to conservatively 
assume that one group of each of these species will be taken during the 
proposed survey. We propose to authorize the take of the average group 
size for these species and stocks to account for the possibility that 
the proposed survey encounters a group of any of these species or 
stocks (Table 7). Note that the take estimate for the sperm whale was 
not increased to average group size because, based on water depths in 
the proposed survey area (16 to 28 m (52 to 92 ft)), it is very 
unlikely that groups of sperm whales, which tend to prefer deeper 
depths, would be encountered by the proposed survey.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, 
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such 
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on 
such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to 
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on 
the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain 
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS 
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to 
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic 
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such 
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse 
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 
216.104(a)(11)).
    In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to 
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and 
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we 
carefully consider two primary factors:
    (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful 
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to 
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. 
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being 
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the 
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented 
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as 
planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability 
implemented as planned): and
    (2) The practicability of the measures for applicant 
implementation, which may consider such things as relative cost and 
impact on operations.

Proposed Mitigation Measures

    With NMFS' input during the application process, and as per the 
BOEM Lease, DWW is proposing the following mitigation measures during 
the proposed marine site characterization surveys.

Marine Mammal Exclusion and Watch Zones

    Marine mammal exclusion zones (EZ) will be established around the 
HRG survey equipment and monitored by protected species observers (PSO) 
during HRG surveys as follows:
     500 m EZ for North Atlantic right whales;
     200 m EZ for all other ESA-listed cetaceans (including fin 
whale, sei whale and sperm whale); and

[[Page 19729]]

     25 m EZ for harbor porpoises.
    The applicant proposed a 500 m EZ for North Atlantic right whales 
and 200 m EZ for all other marine mammal species; however, for non-ESA-
listed marine mammals, based on estimated distances to isopleths 
corresponding with Level A harassment thresholds (Table 5), we 
determined EZs for species other than those described above were not 
warranted. In addition to the EZs described above, PSOs will visually 
monitor and record the presence of all marine mammals within 500 m.

Visual Monitoring

    As per the BOEM lease, visual and acoustic monitoring of the 
established exclusion and monitoring zones will be performed by four 
qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs. It would be the responsibility of the 
Lead PSO on duty to communicate the presence of marine mammals as well 
as to communicate and enforce the action(s) that are necessary to 
ensure mitigation and monitoring requirements are implemented as 
appropriate. PSOs would be equipped with binoculars and would estimate 
distances to marine mammals located in proximity to the vessel and/or 
exclusion zone using range finders. Reticulated binoculars would also 
be available to PSOs for use as appropriate based on conditions and 
visibility to support the siting and monitoring of marine species. 
Position data will be recorded using hand-held or vessel global 
positioning system (GPS) units for each sighting. Observations will 
take place from the highest available vantage point on the survey 
vessel. During surveys conducted at night, night-vision equipment with 
infrared light-emitting diodes spotlights and/or infrared video 
monitoring will be available for PSO use, and passive acoustic 
monitoring (PAM; described below) will be used (as required per the 
BOEM lease).

Pre-Clearance of the Exclusion Zone

    Prior to initiating HRG survey activities, DWW would implement a 
30-minute pre-clearance period. During this period, the PSOs would 
ensure that no marine mammals are observed within 200 m of the survey 
equipment (500 m in the case of North Atlantic right whales). Survey 
equipment would not start up until this 200 m zone (or, 500 m zone in 
the case of North Atlantic right whales) is clear of marine mammals for 
at least 30 minutes. This pre-clearance requirement would include small 
delphinoids that approach the vessel (e.g., bow ride). PSOs would also 
continue to monitor the zone for 30 minutes after survey equipment is 
shut down or survey activity has concluded.

Passive Acoustic Monitoring

    As proposed by the applicant and required by the BOEM lease, PAM 
will be used to support monitoring during night time operations to 
provide for optimal acquisition of species detections at night. The PAM 
system will consist of an array of hydrophones with both broadband 
(sampling mid-range frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 kHz) and at least one 
low-frequency hydrophone (sampling range frequencies of 75 Hz to 30 
kHz). The PAM operator(s) will monitor acoustic signals in real time 
both aurally (using headphones) and visually (via sound analysis 
software). PAM operators will communicate nighttime detections to the 
lead PSO on duty who will ensure the implementation of the appropriate 
mitigation measure. However, PAM detection alone would not trigger a 
requirement that any mitigation action be taken upon acoustic detection 
of marine mammals.

Ramp-Up of Survey Equipment

    As proposed by the applicant, where technically feasible, a ramp-up 
procedure would be used for geophysical survey equipment capable of 
adjusting energy levels at the start or re-start of survey activities. 
The ramp-up procedure would be used at the beginning of HRG survey 
activities in order to provide additional protection to marine mammals 
near the survey area by allowing them to detect the presence of the 
survey and vacate the area prior to the commencement of survey 
equipment use at full energy. Ramp-up of the survey equipment would not 
begin until the relevant EZ has been cleared by the PSOs, as described 
above. Systems will be initiated at their lowest power output and will 
be incrementally increased to full power. If any marine mammals are 
detected within the EZ prior to or during the ramp-up, HRG equipment 
will be shut down (as described below).

Shutdown Procedures

    As required in the BOEM lease, if a marine mammal is observed 
within or approaching the relevant EZ (as described above) an immediate 
shutdown of the survey equipment is required. Subsequent restart of the 
survey equipment may only occur after the animal(s) has either been 
observed exiting the relevant EZ or until an additional time period has 
elapsed with no further sighting of the animal (e.g., 15 minutes for 
harbor porpoise and 30 minutes for North Atlantic right whale, fin 
whale, sei whale and sperm whale).
    As required in the BOEM lease, if the HRG equipment shuts down for 
reasons other than mitigation (i.e., mechanical or electronic failure) 
resulting in the cessation of the survey equipment for a period greater 
than 20 minutes, a 30 minute pre-clearance period (as described above) 
would precede the restart of the HRG survey equipment. If the pause is 
less than less than 20 minutes, the equipment may be restarted as soon 
as practicable at its full operational level only if visual surveys 
were continued diligently throughout the silent period and the EZs 
remained clear of marine mammals during that entire period. If visual 
surveys were not continued diligently during the pause of 20 minutes or 
less, a 30-minute pre-clearance period (as described above) would 
precede the re-start of the HRG survey equipment. Following a shutdown, 
HRG survey equipment may be restarted following pre-clearance of the 
zones as described above.
    If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or, a 
species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized 
number of takes have been met, approaches or is observed within the 
area encompassing the Level B harassment isopleth (450 m), shutdown 
would occur.

Vessel Strike Avoidance

    Vessel strike avoidance measures will include, but are not limited 
to, the following, as required in the BOEM lease, except under 
circumstances when complying with these requirements would put the 
safety of the vessel or crew at risk:
     All vessel operators and crew will maintain vigilant watch 
for cetaceans and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop their vessel to 
avoid striking these protected species;
     All vessel operators will comply with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) 
or less speed restrictions in any SMA and DMA per NOAA guidance;
     All vessel operators will reduce vessel speed to 10 knots 
(18.5 km/hr) or less when any large whale, any mother/calf pairs, large 
assemblages of non-delphinoid cetaceans are observed near (within 100 m 
(330 ft)) an underway vessel;
     All survey vessels will maintain a separation distance of 
500 m (1640 ft) or greater from any sighted North Atlantic right whale;
     If underway, vessels must steer a course away from any 
sighted North Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less 
until the 500 m (1640 ft) minimum separation distance has been

[[Page 19730]]

established. If a North Atlantic right whale is sighted in a vessel's 
path, or within 100 m (330 ft) to an underway vessel, the underway 
vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral. Engines will 
not be engaged until the North Atlantic right whale has moved outside 
of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If stationary, the vessel must 
not engage engines until the North Atlantic right whale has moved 
beyond 100 m;
     All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 100 m 
(330 ft) or greater from any sighted non-delphinoid cetacean. If 
sighted, the vessel underway must reduce speed and shift the engine to 
neutral, and must not engage the engines until the non-delphinoid 
cetacean has moved outside of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If a 
survey vessel is stationary, the vessel will not engage engines until 
the non-delphinoid cetacean has moved out of the vessel's path and 
beyond 100 m;
     All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m 
(164 ft) or greater from any sighted delphinoid cetacean. Any vessel 
underway remain parallel to a sighted delphinoid cetacean's course 
whenever possible, and avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
direction. Any vessel underway reduces vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 
km/hr) or less when pods (including mother/calf pairs) or large 
assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are observed. Vessels may not 
adjust course and speed until the delphinoid cetaceans have moved 
beyond 50 m and/or the abeam of the underway vessel;
     All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m 
(164 ft) or greater from any sighted pinniped; and
     All vessels underway will not divert or alter course in 
order to approach any whale, delphinoid cetacean, or pinniped. Any 
vessel underway will avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
direction to avoid injury to the sighted cetacean or pinniped.
    DWW will ensure that vessel operators and crew maintain a vigilant 
watch for cetaceans and pinnipeds by slowing down or stopping the 
vessel to avoid striking marine mammals. Project-specific training will 
be conducted for all vessel crew prior to the start of the site 
characterization survey activities. Confirmation of the training and 
understanding of the requirements will be documented on a training 
course log sheet. Signing the log sheet will certify that the crew 
members understand and will comply with the necessary requirements 
throughout the survey activities.

Seasonal Operating Requirements

    As described above, the northern section of the proposed survey 
area partially overlaps with a portion of a North Atlantic right whale 
SMA which occurs east of Long Island, New York, and south of 
Massachusetts and Rhode Island. This SMA is active from November 1 
through April 30 of each year. Survey vessels that are >65 ft in length 
would be required to adhere to the mandatory vessel speed restrictions 
(<10 kn) when operating within the SMA during times when the SMA is 
active. In addition, between watch shifts, members of the monitoring 
team would consult NMFS' North Atlantic right whale reporting systems 
for the presence of North Atlantic right whales throughout survey 
operations. Members of the monitoring team would monitor the NMFS North 
Atlantic right whale reporting systems for the establishment of a 
Dynamic Management Area (DMA). If NMFS should establish a DMA in the 
survey area, within 24 hours of the establishment of the DMA DWW would 
coordinate with NMFS to shut down and/or alter the survey activities as 
needed to avoid right whales to the extent possible.
    The proposed mitigation measures are designed to avoid the already 
low potential for injury in addition to some Level B harassment, and to 
minimize the potential for vessel strikes. There are no known marine 
mammal rookeries or mating grounds in the survey area that would 
otherwise potentially warrant increased mitigation measures for marine 
mammals or their habitat (or both). The proposed survey would occur in 
an area that has been identified as a biologically important area for 
migration for North Atlantic right whales. However, given the small 
spatial extent of the survey area relative to the substantially larger 
spatial extent of the right whale migratory area, the survey is not 
expected to appreciably reduce migratory habitat nor to negatively 
impact the migration of North Atlantic right whales, thus mitigation to 
address the proposed survey's occurrence in North Atlantic right whale 
migratory habitat is not warranted. The proposed survey area would 
partially overlap spatially with a biologically important feeding area 
for fin whales. However, the fin whale feeding area is sufficiently 
large (2,933 km\2\), and the acoustic footprint of the proposed survey 
is sufficiently small (<100 km\2\ estimated to be ensonified to the 
Level B harassment threshold per day), that the survey is not expected 
to appreciably reduce fin whale feeding habitat nor to negatively 
impact the feeding of fin whales, thus mitigation to address the 
proposed survey's occurrence in fin whale feeding habitat is not 
warranted. Further, we believe the proposed mitigation measures are 
practicable for the applicant to implement.
    Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS 
has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures 
provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the 
affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular 
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar 
significance.

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for 
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the 
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased 
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on 
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the 
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to 
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the 
required monitoring.
    Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should 
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area 
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution, 
density);
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
     Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or 
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), 
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of individual

[[Page 19731]]

marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks;
     Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey 
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of 
marine mammal habitat); and
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.

Proposed Monitoring Measures

    As described above, visual monitoring of the EZs and monitoring 
zone will be performed by qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs. Observer 
qualifications would include completion of a PSO training course and 
documented field experience on a marine mammal observation vessel and/
or aerial surveys. As proposed by the applicant and required by BOEM, 
an observer team comprising a minimum of four NMFS-approved PSOs and a 
minimum of two certified PAM operator(s), operating in shifts, will be 
employed by DWW during the proposed surveys. PSOs and PAM operators 
will work in shifts such that no one monitor will work more than 4 
consecutive hours without a 2 hour break or longer than 12 hours during 
any 24-hour period. During daylight hours the PSOs will rotate in 
shifts of one on and three off, while during nighttime operations PSOs 
will work in pairs. The PAM operators will also be on call as necessary 
during daytime operations should visual observations become impaired. 
Each PSO will monitor 360 degrees of the field of vision. DWW will 
provide r[eacute]sum[eacute]s of all proposed PSOs and PAM operators 
(including alternates) to NMFS for review and approval at least 45 days 
prior to the start of survey operations.
    Also as described above, PSOs will be equipped with binoculars and 
have the ability to estimate distances to marine mammals located in 
proximity to the vessel and/or exclusion zone using range finders. 
Reticulated binoculars will also be available to PSOs for use as 
appropriate based on conditions and visibility to support the sighting 
and monitoring of marine species. During night operations, PAM and 
night-vision equipment with infrared light-emitting diode spotlights 
and/or infrared video monitoring will be used to increase the ability 
to detect marine mammals. Position data will be recorded using hand-
held or vessel global positioning system (GPS) units for each sighting. 
Observations will take place from the highest available vantage point 
on the survey vessel. General 360-degree scanning will occur during the 
monitoring periods, and target scanning by the PSO will occur when 
alerted of a marine mammal presence.
    Data on all PAM/PSO observations will be recorded based on standard 
PSO collection requirements. This will include dates, times, and 
locations of survey operations; time of observation, location and 
weather; details of marine mammal sightings (e.g., species, numbers, 
behavior); and details of any observed taking (e.g., behavioral 
disturbances or injury/mortality).

Proposed Reporting Measures

    Within 90 days after completion of survey activities, a final 
technical report will be provided to NMFS that fully documents the 
methods and monitoring protocols, summarizes the data recorded during 
monitoring, summarizes the number of marine mammals estimated to have 
been taken during survey activities (by species, when known), 
summarizes the mitigation actions taken during surveys (including what 
type of mitigation and the species and number of animals that prompted 
the mitigation action, when known), and provides an interpretation of 
the results and effectiveness of all mitigation and monitoring. Any 
recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report 
prior to acceptance by NMFS.
    In addition to the final technical report, DWW will provide the 
reports described below as necessary during survey activities. In the 
unanticipated event that DWW's survey activities lead to an injury 
(Level A harassment) or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, 
and/or entanglement) of a marine mammal, DWW would immediately cease 
the specified activities and report the incident to the Chief of the 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources and 
the NMFS Greater Atlantic Stranding Coordinator. The report would 
include the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Name and type of vessel involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Description of the incident;
     Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding 
the incident;
     Water depth;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the event. NMFS would work with DWW to minimize 
reoccurrence of such an event in the future. DWW would not resume 
activities until notified by NMFS.
    In the event that DWW discovers an injured or dead marine mammal 
and determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the 
death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state of 
decomposition), DWW would immediately report the incident to the Chief 
of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources 
and the NMFS Greater Atlantic Stranding Coordinator. The report would 
include the same information identified in the paragraph above. 
Activities would be able to continue while NMFS reviews the 
circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work with DWW to determine if 
modifications in the activities are appropriate.
    In the event that DWW discovers an injured or dead marine mammal 
and determines that the injury or death is not associated with or 
related to the activities authorized in the IHA (e.g., previously 
wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced decomposition, or 
scavenger damage), DWW would report the incident to the Chief of the 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, and 
the NMFS Greater Atlantic Regional Stranding Coordinator, within 24 
hours of the discovery. DWW would provide photographs or video footage 
(if available) or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting 
to NMFS. DWW may continue its operations under such a case.

Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination

    NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the 
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not 
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival. A negligible impact 
finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates 
of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-level effects). An 
estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough information on 
which to base an impact determination. In addition to considering 
estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be ``taken'' 
through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the likely 
nature of any responses (e.g.,

[[Page 19732]]

intensity, duration), the context of any responses (e.g., critical 
reproductive time or location, migration), as well as effects on 
habitat, and the likely effectiveness of the mitigation. We also assess 
the number, intensity, and context of estimated takes by evaluating 
this information relative to population status. Consistent with the 
1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing regulations (54 FR 40338; 
September 29, 1989), the impacts from other past and ongoing 
anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this analysis via their 
impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as reflected in the 
regulatory status of the species, population size and growth rate where 
known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or ambient noise 
levels).
    To avoid repetition, our analysis applies to all the species listed 
in Table 7, given that NMFS expects the anticipated effects of the 
proposed survey to be similar in nature.
    NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would 
occur as a result of DWW's proposed survey, even in the absence of 
proposed mitigation. Thus the proposed authorization does not authorize 
any serious injury or mortality. As discussed in the Potential Effects 
section, non-auditory physical effects and vessel strike are not 
expected to occur.
    We expect that all potential takes would be in the form of short-
term Level B behavioral harassment in the form of temporary avoidance 
of the area or decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring), 
reactions that are considered to be of low severity and with no lasting 
biological consequences (e.g., Southall et al., 2007).
    Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed 
previously in this document (see Potential Effects of the Specified 
Activity on Marine Mammals and their Habitat). Marine mammal habitat 
may be impacted by elevated sound levels, but these impacts would be 
temporary. In addition to being temporary and short in overall 
duration, the acoustic footprint of the proposed survey is small 
relative to the overall distribution of the animals in the area and 
their use of the area. Feeding behavior is not likely to be 
significantly impacted. Prey species are mobile and are broadly 
distributed throughout the project area; therefore, marine mammals that 
may be temporarily displaced during survey activities are expected to 
be able to resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with 
disturbing levels of underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature 
of the disturbance and the availability of similar habitat and 
resources in the surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and 
the food sources that they utilize are not expected to cause 
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or 
their populations.
    There are no rookeries or mating grounds known to be biologically 
important to marine mammals within the proposed survey area. As 
described above, the proposed survey area would overlap spatially and 
temporally with a biologically important feeding area for fin whales. 
The important fin whale feeding area occurs from March through October 
and stretches from an area south of Montauk Point to south of Martha's 
Vineyard. However, the fin whale feeding area is sufficiently large 
(2,933 km\2\), and the acoustic footprint of the proposed survey is 
sufficiently small (<100 km\2\ estimated to be ensonified to the Level 
B harassment threshold per day), that fin whale feeding habitat would 
not be reduced appreciably. Any fin whales temporarily displaced from 
the proposed survey area would be expected to have sufficient remaining 
feeding habitat available to them, and would not be prevented from 
feeding in other areas within the biologically important feeding 
habitat. In addition, any displacement of fin whales from the survey 
area would be expected to be temporary in nature. Therefore, we do not 
expect fin whale feeding to be negatively impacted by the proposed 
survey. There are no feeding areas known to be biologically important 
to marine mammals within the proposed project area with the exception 
of the aforementioned feeding area for fin whales. There is no 
designated critical habitat for any ESA-listed marine mammals in the 
proposed survey area.
    The proposed survey area is within a biologically important 
migratory area for North Atlantic right whales (effective March-April 
and November-December) that extends from Massachusetts to Florida 
(LaBrecque, et al., 2015). Off the south coast of Massachusetts and 
Rhode Island, this biologically important migratory area extends from 
the coast to beyond the shelf break. Due to the fact that that the 
proposed survey is temporary and short in overall duration, and the 
fact that the spatial acoustic footprint of the proposed survey is very 
small relative to the spatial extent of the available migratory habitat 
in the area, right whale migration is not expected to be impacted by 
the proposed survey.
    The proposed mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number 
and/or severity of takes by (1) giving animals the opportunity to move 
away from the sound source before HRG survey equipment reaches full 
energy; (2) preventing animals from being exposed to sound levels that 
may otherwise result in injury. Additional vessel strike avoidance 
requirements will further mitigate potential impacts to marine mammals 
during vessel transit to and within the survey area.
    NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species and stocks 
due to DWW's proposed survey would result in only short-term (temporary 
and short in duration) effects to individuals exposed. Marine mammals 
may temporarily avoid the immediate area, but are not expected to 
permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat use, 
distribution, or foraging success are not expected. NMFS does not 
anticipate the proposed take estimates to impact annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.
    In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily 
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from 
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock 
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
     No mortality, serious injury, or Level A harassment is 
anticipated or authorized;
     The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine 
mammals would be temporary behavioral changes due to avoidance of the 
area around the survey vessel;
     The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat 
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during 
the proposed survey to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
     The proposed project area does not contain areas of 
significance for mating or calving;
     Effects on species that serve as prey species for marine 
mammals from the proposed survey would be temporary and would not be 
expected to reduce the availability of prey or to affect marine mammal 
feeding;
     The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and 
acoustic monitoring, exclusion zones, and shutdown measures, are 
expected to minimize potential impacts to marine mammals.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine 
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on 
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.

[[Page 19733]]

Small Numbers

    As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be 
authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified 
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not 
define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are 
available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most 
appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in 
our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small 
numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may 
be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of 
the activities.
    The numbers of marine mammals that we propose for authorization to 
be taken, for all species and stocks, would be considered small 
relative to the relevant stocks or populations (less than 7 percent of 
each species and stocks). See Table 7. Based on the analysis contained 
herein of the proposed activity (including the proposed mitigation and 
monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS 
preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken 
relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine 
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has 
determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would 
not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such 
species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.

Endangered Species Act

    Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any action 
it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize the 
continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or result 
in the destruction or adverse modification of designated critical 
habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs, NMFS 
consults internally, in this case with the NMFS Greater Atlantic 
Regional Fisheries Office (GARFO), whenever we propose to authorize 
take for endangered or threatened species.
    The NMFS Office of Protected Resources is proposing to authorize 
the incidental take of four species of marine mammals which are listed 
under the ESA: The North Atlantic right, fin, sei, and sperm whale. 
BOEM consulted with NMFS GARFO under section 7 of the ESA on commercial 
wind lease issuance and site assessment activities on the Atlantic 
Outer Continental Shelf in Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York and 
New Jersey Wind Energy Areas. NMFS GARFO issued a Biological Opinion 
concluding that these activities may adversely affect but are not 
likely to jeopardize the continued existence of the North Atlantic 
right, fin, and sperm whale. The Biological Opinion can be found online 
at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-other-energy-activities-renewable. NMFS 
will conclude the ESA section 7 consultation prior to reaching a 
determination regarding the proposed issuance of the authorization. If 
the IHA is issued, the Biological Opinion may be amended to include an 
incidental take statement for these marine mammal species, as 
appropriate.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to 
issue an IHA to DWW for conducting marine site assessment surveys 
offshore Massachusetts and Rhode Island and along potential submarine 
cable routes from the date of issuance for a period of one year, 
provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting 
requirements are incorporated. This section contains a draft of the IHA 
itself. The wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion 
in the IHA (if issued).
    1. This IHA is valid for a period of one year from the date of 
issuance.
    2. This IHA is valid only for marine site characterization survey 
activity, as specified in the IHA application, in the Atlantic Ocean.
    3. General Conditions
    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of DWW, the vessel 
operator and other relevant personnel, the lead PSO, and any other 
relevant designees of DWW operating under the authority of this IHA.
    (b) The species authorized for taking are listed in Table 6. The 
taking, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the species and 
numbers listed in Table 6. Any taking of species not listed in Table 6, 
or exceeding the authorized amounts listed in Table 6, is prohibited 
and may result in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this 
IHA.
    (c) The taking by injury, serious injury or death of any species of 
marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, 
suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
    (d) DWW shall ensure that the vessel operator and other relevant 
vessel personnel are briefed on all responsibilities, communication 
procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocols, operational procedures, 
and IHA requirements prior to the start of survey activity, and when 
relevant new personnel join the survey operations.
    4. Mitigation Requirements--the holder of this Authorization is 
required to implement the following mitigation measures:
    (a) DWW shall use at least four (4) NMFS-approved protected species 
observers (PSOs) during HRG surveys. The PSOs must have no tasks other 
than to conduct observational effort, record observational data, and 
communicate with and instruct relevant vessel crew with regard to the 
presence of marine mammals and mitigation requirements. PSO resumes 
shall be provided to NMFS for approval prior to commencement of the 
survey.
    (b) Visual monitoring must begin no less than 30 minutes prior to 
initiation of survey equipment and must continue until 30 minutes after 
use of survey equipment ceases.
    (c) Exclusion Zones--PSOs shall establish and monitor marine mammal 
Exclusion Zones and Watch Zone. Exclusion Zones are as follows:
    (i) 500 m Exclusion Zone for North Atlantic right whales;
    (ii) 200 m Exclusion Zone for fin whales, sei whales, and sperm 
whales; and
    (iii) 25 m Exclusion Zone for harbor porpoises.
    (d) Watch Zone--PSOs shall monitor a marine mammal Watch Zone that 
shall encompass an area 500 m from the survey equipment. PSOs shall 
document and record the behavior of all marine mammals observed within 
the Watch Zone.
    (e) Shutdown requirements--If a marine mammal is observed within, 
entering, or approaching the relevant Exclusion Zones as described 
under 4(c) while geophysical survey equipment is operational, the 
geophysical survey equipment must be immediately shut down.
    (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority to call for shutdown of 
survey equipment. When there is certainty regarding the need for 
mitigation action, the relevant PSO(s) must call for such action 
immediately.
    (ii) When a shutdown is called for by a PSO, the shutdown must 
occur and any dispute resolved only following shutdown.

[[Page 19734]]

    (iii) Upon implementation of a shutdown, survey equipment may be 
reactivated when all marine mammals have been confirmed by visual 
observation to have exited the relevant Exclusion Zone or an additional 
time period has elapsed with no further sighting of the animal that 
triggered the shutdown (15 minutes for harbor porpoise and 30 minutes 
for North Atlantic right whales, fin whales, sei whales, and sperm 
whales).
    (iv) If geophysical equipment shuts down for reasons other than 
mitigation (i.e., mechanical or electronic failure) resulting in the 
cessation of the survey equipment for a period of less than 20 minutes, 
the equipment may be restarted as soon as practicable if visual surveys 
were continued diligently throughout the silent period and the relevant 
Exclusion Zones are confirmed by PSOs to have remained clear of marine 
mammals during the entire 20-minute period. If visual surveys were not 
continued diligently during the pause of 20 minutes or less, a 30-
minute pre-clearance period shall precede the restart of the 
geophysical survey equipment as described in 4(f). If the period of 
shutdown for reasons other than mitigation is greater than 20 minutes, 
a pre-clearance period shall precede the restart of the geophysical 
survey equipment as described in 4(f).
    (v) If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or, 
a species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized 
number of takes have been met, approaches or is observed within 450 m 
of the survey equipment, shutdown must occur.
    (f) Pre-clearance observation--30 minutes of pre-clearance 
observation shall be conducted prior to initiation of geophysical 
survey equipment. Geophysical survey equipment shall not be initiated 
if marine mammals are observed within 200 m of the survey equipment 
(500 m for North Atlantic right whales) during the pre-clearance 
period. If a marine mammal is observed within 200 m of geophysical 
survey equipment (500 m for North Atlantic right whales) during the 
pre-clearance period, initiation of the survey equipment will be 
delayed until the marine mammal(s) departs the 200 m zone (500 m for 
North Atlantic right whales).
    (g) Ramp-up--when technically feasible, survey equipment shall be 
ramped up at the start or re-start of survey activities. Ramp-up will 
begin with the power of the smallest acoustic equipment at its lowest 
practical power output appropriate for the survey. When technically 
feasible the power will then be gradually turned up and other acoustic 
sources added in way such that the source level would increase 
gradually.
    (h) Vessel Strike Avoidance--Vessel operator and crew must maintain 
a vigilant watch for all marine mammals and slow down or stop the 
vessel or alter course, as appropriate, to avoid striking any marine 
mammal, unless such action represents a human safety concern. Survey 
vessel crew members responsible for navigation duties shall receive 
site-specific training on marine mammal sighting/reporting and vessel 
strike avoidance measures. Vessel strike avoidance measures shall 
include the following, except under circumstances when complying with 
these requirements would put the safety of the vessel or crew at risk:
    (i) The vessel operator and crew shall maintain vigilant watch for 
cetaceans and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop the vessel to avoid 
striking marine mammals;
    (ii) The vessel operator shall reduce vessel speed to 10 knots 
(18.5 km/hr) or less when any large whale, any mother/calf pairs, whale 
or dolphin pods, or larger assemblages of non-delphinoid cetaceans are 
observed near (within 100 m (330 ft)) an underway vessel;
    (iii) The survey vessel shall maintain a separation distance of 500 
m (1,640 ft) or greater from any sighted North Atlantic right whale;
    (iv) If underway, the vessel must steer a course away from any 
sighted North Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less 
until the 500 m (1,640 ft) minimum separation distance has been 
established. If a North Atlantic right whale is sighted in a vessel's 
path, or within 100 m (330 ft) to an underway vessel, the underway 
vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral. Engines will 
not be engaged until the North Atlantic right whale has moved outside 
of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If stationary, the vessel must 
not engage engines until the North Atlantic right whale has moved 
beyond 100 m;
    (v) The vessel shall maintain a separation distance of 100 m (330 
ft) or greater from any sighted non-delphinoid cetacean. If sighted, 
the vessel underway must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral 
and must not engage the engines until the non-delphinoid cetacean has 
moved outside of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If a survey vessel 
is stationary, the vessel will not engage engines until the non-
delphinoid cetacean has moved out of the vessel's path and beyond 100 
m;
    (vi) The vessel shall maintain a separation distance of 50 m (164 
ft) or greater from any sighted delphinoid cetacean. Any vessel 
underway remain parallel to a sighted delphinoid cetacean's course 
whenever possible and avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
direction. Any vessel underway reduces vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 
km/hr) or less when pods (including mother/calf pairs) or large 
assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are observed. Vessels may not 
adjust course and speed until the delphinoid cetaceans have moved 
beyond 50 m and/or the abeam of the underway vessel;
    (vii) All vessels shall maintain a separation distance of 50 m (164 
ft) or greater from any sighted pinniped; and
    (viii) All vessels underway shall not divert or alter course in 
order to approach any whale, delphinoid cetacean, or pinniped. Any 
vessel underway will avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
direction to avoid injury to the sighted cetacean or pinniped.
    (ix) The vessel operator shall comply with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or 
less speed restrictions in any Seasonal Management Area per NMFS 
guidance.
    (x) If NMFS should establish a Dynamic Management Area (DMA) in the 
area of the survey, within 24 hours of the establishment of the DMA, 
DWW shall contact the NMFS Office of Protected Resources to determine 
whether survey location and/or activities should be altered to avoid 
North Atlantic right whales.
    5. Monitoring Requirements--The Holder of this Authorization is 
required to conduct marine mammal visual monitoring and passive 
acoustic monitoring (PAM) during geophysical survey activity. 
Monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with the following 
requirements:
    (a) A minimum of four NMFS-approved PSOs and a minimum of two 
certified (PAM) operator(s), operating in shifts, shall be employed by 
DWW during geophysical surveys.
    (b) Observations shall take place from the highest available 
vantage point on the survey vessel. General 360-degree scanning shall 
occur during the monitoring periods, and target scanning by PSOs will 
occur when alerted of a marine mammal presence.
    (c) PSOs shall be equipped with binoculars and have the ability to 
estimate distances to marine mammals located in proximity to the vessel 
and/or Exclusion Zones using range finders. Reticulated binoculars will 
also be available to PSOs for use as appropriate based on conditions 
and visibility to support the sighting and monitoring of marine 
species.
    (d) PAM shall be used during nighttime geophysical survey

[[Page 19735]]

operations. The PAM system shall consist of an array of hydrophones 
with both broadband (sampling mid-range frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 
kHz) and at least one low-frequency hydrophone (sampling range 
frequencies of 75 Hz to 30 kHz). PAM operators shall communicate 
detections or vocalizations to the Lead PSO on duty who shall ensure 
the implementation of the appropriate mitigation measure.
    (e) During night surveys, night-vision equipment with infrared 
light-emitting diode spotlights and/or infrared video monitoring shall 
be used in addition to PAM. Specifications for night-vision equipment 
shall be provided to NMFS for review and acceptance prior to start of 
surveys.
    (f) PSOs and PAM operators shall work in shifts such that no one 
monitor will work more than 4 consecutive hours without a 2 hour break 
or longer than 12 hours during any 24-hour period. During daylight 
hours the PSOs shall rotate in shifts of 1 on and 3 off, and while 
during nighttime operations PSOs shall work in pairs.
    (g) PAM operators shall also be on call as necessary during daytime 
operations should visual observations become impaired.
    (h) Position data shall be recorded using hand-held or vessel 
global positioning system (GPS) units for each sighting.
    (i) A briefing shall be conducted between survey supervisors and 
crews, PSOs, and DWW to establish responsibilities of each party, 
define chains of command, discuss communication procedures, provide an 
overview of monitoring purposes, and review operational procedures.
    (j) DWW shall provide resumes of all proposed PSOs and PAM 
operators (including alternates) to NMFS for review and approval at 
least 45 days prior to the start of survey operations.
    (k) PSO Qualifications shall include completion of a PSO training 
course and documented field experience on a marine mammal observation 
vessel and/or aerial surveys.
    (a) Data on all PAM/PSO observations shall be recorded based on 
standard PSO collection requirements. PSOs must use standardized data 
forms, whether hard copy or electronic. The following information shall 
be reported:
    (i) PSO names and affiliations.
    (ii) Dates of departures and returns to port with port name.
    (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and 
times corresponding with PSO effort.
    (iv) Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort begins 
and ends; vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO duty 
shifts.
    (v) Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual PSO 
duty shifts and upon any line change.
    (vi) Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at beginning 
and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions change significantly), 
including wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea state, Beaufort wind 
force, swell height, weather conditions, cloud cover, sun glare, and 
overall visibility to the horizon.
    (vii) Factors that may be contributing to impaired observations 
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions 
change (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions).
    (viii) Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power 
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in 
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance 
(i.e., pre-ramp-up survey, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-
up completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.).
    (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted, the following information 
should be recorded:
    (A) Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort, 
opportunistic, crew, alternate vessel/platform);
    (B) PSO who sighted the animal;
    (C) Time of sighting;
    (D) Vessel location at time of sighting;
    (E) Water depth;
    (F) Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction);
    (G) Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel;
    (H) Pace of the animal;
    (I) Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative to 
vessel at initial sighting;
    (J) Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest 
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified); also note the composition 
of the group if there is a mix of species;
    (K) Estimated number of animals (high/low/best);
    (L) Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings, 
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.);
    (M) Description (as many distinguishing features as possible of 
each individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars or 
markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow 
characteristics);
    (N) Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows, number 
of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding, traveling; as 
explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed changes in 
behavior);
    (O) Animal's closest point of approach and/or closest distance from 
the center point of the acoustic source;
    (P) Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying, 
recovering, testing, data acquisition, other); and
    (Q) Description of any actions implemented in response to the 
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed or course alteration, 
etc.) and time and location of the action.
    6. Reporting--a technical report shall be provided to NMFS within 
90 days after completion of survey activities that fully documents the 
methods and monitoring protocols, summarizes the data recorded during 
monitoring, estimates the number of marine mammals that may have been 
taken during survey activities, describes the effectiveness of the 
various mitigation techniques (i.e. visual observations during day and 
night compared to PAM detections/operations) and provides an 
interpretation of the results and effectiveness of all monitoring 
tasks. Any recommendations made by NMFS shall be addressed in the final 
report prior to acceptance by NMFS.
    (a) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
    (i) In the event that the specified activity clearly causes the 
take of a marine mammal in a manner not prohibited by this IHA (if 
issued), such as serious injury or mortality, DWW shall immediately 
cease the specified activities and immediately report the incident to 
the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and the NMFS Greater Atlantic 
Stranding Coordinator. The report must include the following 
information:
    (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    (B) Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    (C) Description of the incident;
    (D) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the 
incident;
    (E) Water depth;
    (F) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (G) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (H) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (I) Fate of the animal(s); and
    (J) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
    Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with DWW to 
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of 
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA

[[Page 19736]]

compliance. DWW may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
    (ii) In the event that DWW discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or 
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less than 
a moderate state of decomposition), DWW shall immediately report the 
incident to the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and the NMFS Greater 
Atlantic Stranding Coordinator. The report must include the same 
information identified in condition 6(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities may 
continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS 
will work with DWW to determine whether additional mitigation measures 
or modifications to the activities are appropriate.
    (iii) In the event that DWW discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not 
associated with or related to the specified activities (e.g., 
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), DWW shall report the incident to 
the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and the NMFS Greater Atlantic 
Stranding Coordinator within 24 hours of the discovery. DWW shall 
provide photographs or video footage or other documentation of the 
sighting to NMFS.
    7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if 
NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible 
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analyses, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed marine 
site characterization surveys. Please include with your comments any 
supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final 
decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
    On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-year renewal IHA 
without additional notice when (1) another year of identical or nearly 
identical activities as described in the Specified Activities section 
is planned, or (2) the activities would not be completed by the time 
the IHA expires and renewal would allow completion of the activities 
beyond that described in the Dates and Duration section, provided all 
of the following conditions are met:
     A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days 
prior to expiration of the current IHA.
     The request for renewal must include the following:
    (1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted beyond the 
initial dates either are identical to the previously analyzed 
activities or include changes so minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) 
that the changes do not affect the previous analyses, take estimates, 
or mitigation and monitoring requirements.
    (2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the 
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the 
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not 
previously analyzed or authorized.
     Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the 
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS 
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities, 
the mitigation and monitoring measures remain the same and appropriate, 
and the original findings remain valid.

    Dated: April 30, 2018.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service.
[FR Doc. 2018-09481 Filed 5-3-18; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                             19711

                                             DATES:  Written, telefaxed, or email                      Dated: May 1, 2018.                                 period. Comments received
                                             comments must be received on or before                  Julia Marie Harrison,                                 electronically, including all
                                             June 4, 2018.                                           Chief, Permits and Conservation Division,             attachments, must not exceed a 25-
                                                                                                     Office of Protected Resources, National               megabyte file size. Attachments to
                                             ADDRESSES:   These documents are                        Marine Fisheries Service.                             electronic comments will be accepted in
                                             available upon written request or by                    [FR Doc. 2018–09547 Filed 5–3–18; 8:45 am]            Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF
                                             appointment in the Permits and                                                                                file formats only. All comments
                                                                                                     BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
                                             Conservation Division, Office of                                                                              received are a part of the public record
                                             Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-                                                                         and will generally be posted online at
                                             West Highway, Room 13705, Silver                        DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
                                             Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427–                                                                            marine-mammal-protection/incidental-
                                             8401; fax (301) 713–0376.                               National Oceanic and Atmospheric                      take-authorizations-other-energy-
                                                Written comments on this application                 Administration                                        activities-renewable without change. All
                                             should be submitted to the Chief,                       RIN 0648–XF984                                        personal identifying information (e.g.,
                                             Permits and Conservation Division, at                                                                         name, address) voluntarily submitted by
                                             the address listed above. Comments may                  Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                 the commenter may be publicly
                                             also be submitted by facsimile to (301)                 Specified Activities; Taking Marine                   accessible. Do not submit confidential
                                             713–0376, or by email to                                Mammals Incidental to Marine Site                     business information or otherwise
                                             NMFS.Pr1Comments@noaa.gov. Please                       Characterization Surveys Off of Rhode                 sensitive or protected information.
                                             include the File No. 22049 in the subject               Island and Massachusetts                              FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                             line of the email comment.                              AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                    Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected
                                                Those individuals requesting a public                Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                  Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
                                             hearing should submit a written request                 Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                    Electronic copies of the applications
                                             to the Chief, Permits and Conservation                  Commerce.                                             and supporting documents, as well as a
                                             Division at the address listed above. The               ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                   list of the references cited in this
                                             request should set forth the specific                   harassment authorization; request for                 document, may be obtained by visiting
                                             reasons why a hearing on this                           comments.                                             the internet at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
                                             application would be appropriate.                                                                             national/marine-mammal-protection/
                                                                                                     SUMMARY:    NMFS has received a request               incidental-take-authorizations-other-
                                             FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                        from Deepwater Wind New England,                      energy-activities-renewable. In case of
                                             Carrie Hubard, (301) 427–8401.                          LLC (DWW), for authorization to take                  problems accessing these documents,
                                             SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:       The                    marine mammals incidental to marine                   please call the contact listed above.
                                             subject permit is requested under the                   site characterization surveys off the                 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                             authority of the Marine Mammal                          coast of Rhode Island and
                                             Protection Act of 1972, as amended                      Massachusetts in the area of the                      Background
                                             (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) and the                  Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands                     Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
                                             regulations governing the taking and                    for Renewable Energy Development on                   MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
                                             importing of marine mammals (50 CFR                     the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS–A                    the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated
                                             part 216).                                              0486) and along potential submarine                   to NMFS) to allow, upon request, the
                                                                                                     cable routes to a landfall location in                incidental, but not intentional, taking of
                                                The applicant proposes to film
                                                                                                     Rhode Island, Massachusetts or New                    small numbers of marine mammals by
                                             bottlenose dolphins in Everglades
                                                                                                     York. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal                   U.S. citizens who engage in a specified
                                             National Park, Florida from boats,
                                                                                                     Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is                        activity (other than commercial fishing)
                                             helicopters, and underwater cameras
                                                                                                     requesting comments on its proposal to                within a specified geographical region if
                                             from June through September 2018. Up
                                                                                                     issue an incidental harassment                        certain findings are made and either
                                             to 140 dolphins may be harassed during
                                                                                                     authorization (IHA) to incidentally take              regulations are issued or, if the taking is
                                             helicopter flights. An additional 276
                                                                                                     marine mammals during the specified                   limited to harassment, a notice of a
                                             dolphins may be harassed during vessel
                                                                                                     activities. NMFS will consider public                 proposed authorization is provided to
                                             filming. The goal of the project is to
                                                                                                     comments prior to making any final                    the public for review.
                                             obtain footage of mud-ring feeding
                                                                                                     decision on the issuance of the                         An authorization for incidental
                                             dolphins that will be used in an
                                                                                                     requested MMPA authorizations and                     takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
                                             upcoming television documentary series
                                                                                                     agency responses will be summarized in                that the taking will have a negligible
                                             to be released on Netflix. The permit
                                                                                                     the final notice of our decision.                     impact on the species or stock(s), will
                                             would be valid until October 1, 2018.
                                                                                                     DATES: Comments and information must                  not have an unmitigable adverse impact
                                                In compliance with the National                      be received no later than June 4, 2018.               on the availability of the species or
                                             Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42                    ADDRESSES: Comments should be                         stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
                                             U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), an initial                        addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,                   relevant), and if the permissible
                                             determination has been made that the                    Permits and Conservation Division,                    methods of taking and requirements
                                             activity proposed is categorically                      Office of Protected Resources, National               pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
                                             excluded from the requirement to                        Marine Fisheries Service. Physical                    and reporting of such takings are set
                                             prepare an environmental assessment or                  comments should be sent to 1315 East-                 forth.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             environmental impact statement.                         West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910                   NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
                                                Concurrent with the publication of                   and electronic comments should be sent                impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact
                                             this notice in the Federal Register,                    to ITP.carduner@noaa.gov.                             resulting from the specified activity that
                                             NMFS is forwarding copies of the                           Instructions: NMFS is not responsible              cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
                                             application to the Marine Mammal                        for comments sent by any other method,                not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
                                             Commission and its Committee of                         to any other address or individual, or                the species or stock through effects on
                                             Scientific Advisors.                                    received after the end of the comment                 annual rates of recruitment or survival.


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19712                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                               The MMPA states that the term ‘‘take’’                geotechnical surveys, in the area of                  and submarine cable corridor are
                                             means to harass, hunt, capture, or kill,                Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands                   collectively termed the Project Area.
                                             or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or                 for Renewable Energy Development on                      Geophysical and shallow geotechnical
                                             kill any marine mammal.                                 the Outer Continental Shelf #OCS–A                    survey activities are anticipated to be
                                               Except with respect to certain                        0486 (Lease Area) and along potential                 supported by a vessel approximately
                                             activities not pertinent here, the MMPA                 submarine cable routes to landfall                    20–70 m long which will maintain a
                                             defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: any act of                   locations in either Rhode Island,                     speed of up to five knots (kn) while
                                             pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)                Massachusetts or Long Island, New                     transiting survey lines. Near shore
                                             has the potential to injure a marine                    York. Surveys would occur from                        geophysical and shallow geotechnical
                                             mammal or marine mammal stock in the                    approximately June 15, 2018 through                   surveys (if required) would be
                                             wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                  December 31, 2018.                                    performed by shallow draft vessels
                                             the potential to disturb a marine                          The purpose of the marine site                     approximately 9 to 23 m long which
                                             mammal or marine mammal stock in the                    characterization surveys are to obtain a              will maintain a speed of up to five kn
                                             wild by causing disruption of behavioral                baseline assessment of seabed/sub-                    while transiting survey lines. Deep
                                             patterns, including, but not limited to,                surface soil conditions in the Lease Area             geotechnical survey activities and
                                             migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,                and cable route corridors to support the              possible shallow geotechnical activities
                                             feeding, or sheltering (Level B                         siting of potential future offshore wind              are anticipated to be conducted from a
                                             harassment).                                            projects. Underwater sound resulting                  40 to 100 m dynamically positioned
                                                                                                     from DWW’s proposed site                              (DP) vessel, jack-up vessel, or anchored
                                             National Environmental Policy Act                                                                             vessel, with support of a tug boat.
                                                                                                     characterization surveys has the
                                               To comply with the National                           potential to result in incidental take of             Survey activities will be executed in
                                             Environmental Policy Act of 1969                        marine mammals in the form of                         compliance with the July 2015 BOEM
                                             (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and                      behavioral harassment.                                Guidelines for Providing Geophysical,
                                             NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)                                                                               Geotechnical, and Geohazard
                                             216–6A, NMFS must review our                            Dates and Duration                                    Information Pursuant to 30 CFR part
                                             proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an                 The estimated duration of the                       585. The proposed HRG and
                                             incidental harassment authorization)                    geophysical survey is expected to be up               geotechnical survey activities are
                                             with respect to potential impacts on the                to 200 days between June 15, 2018, and                described below.
                                             human environment.                                      December 31, 2018. The geotechnical                   Geotechnical Survey Activities
                                               Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an                     surveys are expected to take up to 100
                                             Environmental Assessment (EA) to                                                                                DWW’s proposed geotechnical survey
                                                                                                     days between June 15, 2018, and                       activities would include the following:
                                             consider the environmental impacts                      December 31, 2018. This schedule is
                                             associated with the issuance of the                                                                             • Vibracores to characterize the
                                                                                                     based on 24-hour operations and                       geological and geotechnical
                                             proposed IHA. We will review all                        includes potential down time due to
                                             comments submitted in response to this                                                                        characteristics of the seabed, up to
                                                                                                     inclement weather. Surveys will last for              approximately 5 m deep. A hydraulic or
                                             notice prior to concluding our NEPA                     approximately seven months and are
                                             process or making a final decision on                                                                         electric driven pulsating head is used to
                                                                                                     anticipated to commence upon issuance                 drive a hollow tube into the seafloor and
                                             the IHA request.                                        of the requested IHA, if appropriate.                 recover a stratified representation of the
                                             Summary of Request                                      Specific Geographic Region                            sediment.
                                                On January 3, 2018, NMFS received a                                                                          • Core Penetration Testing (CPT) to
                                                                                                       DWW’s survey activities would occur                 determine stratigraphy and in-situ
                                             request from DWW for an IHA to take                     in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean within
                                             marine mammals incidental to marine                                                                           conditions of the sediments. Target
                                                                                                     Federal waters. Surveys would occur in                penetration is 60 to 75 m.
                                             site characterization surveys off the
                                             coast of Massachusetts and Rhode
                                                                                                     the Lease Area and along potential                      • Deep Boring Cores would be drilled
                                                                                                     submarine cable routes to landfall                    to determine the vertical and lateral
                                             Island in the area of the Commercial                    locations in either Rhode Island,
                                             Lease of Submerged Lands for                                                                                  variation in seabed conditions and
                                                                                                     Massachusetts or Long Island, New York                provide geotechnical data to depths at
                                             Renewable Energy Development on the                     (see Figure 1 in the IHA application).
                                             Outer Continental Shelf (OCS–A 0486)                                                                          least 10 m deeper than design
                                                                                                     The Lease Area is approximately 394                   penetration of the foundations (60 to 75
                                             and along potential submarine cable                     square kilometers (km2) (97,498 acres)
                                             routes to a landfall location in either                                                                       m target penetration).
                                                                                                     and is approximately 20 km south of                     Shallow geotechnical surveys,
                                             Rhode Island, Massachusetts or New                      Rhode Island at its closest point to land.            consisting of CPTs and vibracores, are
                                             York. A revised application was
                                                                                                     Detailed Description of the Specified                 planned for within the Lease Area and
                                             received on April 18, 2018. NMFS
                                                                                                     Activities                                            approximately every one to two
                                             deemed that request to be adequate and
                                                                                                                                                           kilometers (km) along the export cable
                                             complete. DWW’s request is for take of                    DWW’s proposed marine site                          routes. Foundation-depth geotechnical
                                             14 marine mammal species by Level B                     characterization surveys include HRG                  borings are also planned at each
                                             harassment. Neither DWW nor NMFS                        and geotechnical survey activities.                   proposed foundation location within the
                                             expects serious injury or mortality to                  Surveys would occur within the Bureau                 Lease Area. While the quantity and
                                             result from this activity and the activity              of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM)                     locations of wind turbine generators to
                                             is expected to last no more than one                    Rhode Island–Massachusetts Wind                       be installed, as well as cable route, has
                                             year, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                     Energy Area (RI–MA WEA) which is                      yet to be determined, an estimate of 153
                                             Description of the Proposed Activity                    east of Long Island, New York and south               vibracores, 20 CPTs, and 16 deep
                                                                                                     of Rhode Island and Massachusetts (see                borings are planned within the Lease
                                             Overview                                                Figure 1 in the IHA application). Water               Area and along the export cable routes.
                                               DWW proposes to conduct marine site                   depths in the Lease Area range from 26                  In considering whether marine
                                             characterization surveys, including                     to 48 meters (m) (85 to 157 feet (ft)). For           mammal harassment is an expected
                                             high-resolution geophysical (HRG) and                   the purpose of this IHA the Lease Area                outcome of exposure to a particular


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                           19713

                                             activity or sound source, NMFS                          always be performed in concert with DP                sonar pulses in several angled beams
                                             considers the nature of the exposure                    thrusters, and DP thrusters would begin               from a transducer mounted to a ship’s
                                             itself (e.g., the magnitude, frequency, or              operating prior to the activation of the              hull. The beams radiate out from the
                                             duration of exposure), characteristics of               vibracore to maintain the vessel’s                    transducer in a fan-shaped pattern
                                             the marine mammals potentially                          position; thus, we expect that any                    orthogonally to the ship’s direction.
                                             exposed, and the conditions specific to                 marine mammals in the project area                       • Shallow Penetration Sub-Bottom
                                             the geographic area where the activity is               would detect the presence and noise                   Profiler (Chirp) to map the near surface
                                             expected to occur (e.g., whether the                    associated with the vessel and the DP                 stratigraphy (top 0 to 5 m of sediment
                                             activity is planned in a foraging area,                 thrusters prior to commencement of                    below seabed). A Chirp system emits
                                             breeding area, nursery or pupping area,                 vibracoring. Any reaction by marine                   sonar pulses which increase in
                                             or other biologically important area for                mammals would be expected to be                       frequency (3.5 to 200 kHz) over time.
                                             the species). We then consider the                      similar to reactions to the concurrent DP             The pulse length frequency range can be
                                             expected response of the exposed                        thrusters, which are expected to be                   adjusted to meet project variables.
                                             animal and whether the nature and                       minor and short term, i.e., not                          • Medium Penetration Sub-Bottom
                                             duration or intensity of that response is               constituting Level B harassment, as                   Profiler (Boomer) to map deeper
                                             expected to cause disruption of                         defined by the MMPA. In this case,                    subsurface stratigraphy as needed. This
                                             behavioral patterns (e.g., migration,                   vibracoring is not planned in any areas               system is commonly mounted on a sled
                                             breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or               of particular biological significance for             and towed behind a boat.
                                             sheltering) or injury.                                  any marine mammals. Thus while a                         • Medium Penetration Sub-Bottom
                                                Geotechnical survey activities would                 marine mammal may perceive noise                      Profiler (Sparker and/or bubble gun) to
                                             be conducted from a drill ship equipped                 from vibracoring and may respond                      map deeper subsurface stratigraphy as
                                             with DP thrusters. DP thrusters would                   briefly, we believe the potential for this            needed. Sparkers create acoustic pulses
                                             be used to position the sampling vessel                 response to rise to the level of take to              omni-directionally from the source that
                                             on station and maintain position at each                be so low as to be discountable, based                can penetrate several hundred meters
                                             sampling location during the sampling                   on the short duration of the activity and             into the seafloor. Hydrophone arrays
                                             activity. Sound produced through use of                 the fact that marine mammals would be                 towed nearby receive the return signals.
                                             DP thrusters is similar to that produced                expected to react to the vessel and DP                   • Sidescan Sonar used to image the
                                             by transiting vessels and DP thrusters                  thrusters before vibracoring commences,               seafloor for seabed sediment
                                             are typically operated either in a                      potentially through brief avoidance. In               classification purposes and to identify
                                             similarly predictable manner or used for                addition, the fact that the geographic                natural and man-made acoustic targets
                                             short durations around stationary                       area is not biologically important for                on the seafloor. The sonar device emits
                                             activities. NMFS does not believe                       any marine mammal species means that                  conical or fan-shaped pulses down
                                             acoustic impacts from DP thrusters are                  such reactions are not likely to carry any
                                                                                                                                                           toward the seafloor in multiple beams at
                                             likely to result in take of marine                      meaningful significance for the animals.
                                                                                                                                                           a wide angle, perpendicular to the path
                                             mammals in the absence of activity- or                    Field studies conducted off the coast
                                             location-specific circumstances that                    of Virginia to determine the underwater               of the sensor through the water. The
                                             may otherwise represent specific                        noise produced by CPTs and borehole                   acoustic return of the pulses is recorded
                                             concerns for marine mammals (i.e.,                      drilling found that these activities did              in a series of cross-track slices, which
                                             activities proposed in area known to be                 not result in underwater noise levels                 can be joined to form an image of the
                                             of particular importance for a particular               that exceeded current thresholds for                  sea bottom within the swath of the
                                             species), or associated activities that                 Level B harassment of marine mammals                  beam.
                                             may increase the potential to result in                 (Kalapinski, 2015). Given the small size                 • Marine Magnetometer to detect
                                             take when in concert with DP thrusters.                 and energy footprint of CPTs and boring               ferrous metal objects on the seafloor
                                             In this case, we are not aware of any                   cores, NMFS believes the likelihood that              which may cause a hazard including
                                             such circumstances. Monitoring of past                  noise from these activities would exceed              anchors, chains, cables, pipelines,
                                             projects that entailed use of DP thrusters              the Level B harassment threshold at any               ballast stones and other scattered
                                             has shown a lack of observed marine                     appreciable distance is so low as to be               shipwreck debris, munitions of all sizes,
                                             mammal responses as a result of                         discountable. Therefore, geotechnical                 unexploded ordinances, aircraft,
                                             exposure to sound from DP thrusters.                    survey activities, including CPTs, boring             engines and any other object with
                                             Therefore, NMFS believes the likelihood                 cores and vibracores, are not expected to             magnetic expression.
                                             of DP thrusters used during the                         result in harassment of marine                           Table 1 identifies the representative
                                             proposed geotechnical surveys resulting                 mammals and are not analyzed further                  survey equipment that may be used in
                                             in harassment of marine mammals to be                   in this document.                                     support of planned geophysical survey
                                             so low as to be discountable. As DP                                                                           activities. The make and model of the
                                             thrusters are not expected to result in                 Geophysical Survey Activities                         listed geophysical equipment will vary
                                             take of marine mammals, these activities                  DWW has proposed that HRG survey                    depending on availability and the final
                                             are not analyzed further in this                        operations would be conducted                         equipment choices will vary depending
                                             document.                                               continuously 24 hours per day. Based                  upon the final survey design, vessel
                                                Vibracoring entails driving a                        on 24-hour operations, the estimated                  availability, and survey contractor
                                             hydraulic or electric pulsating head                    duration of the geophysical survey                    selection. Geophysical surveys are
                                             through a hollow tube into the seafloor                 activities would be approximately 200                 expected to use several equipment types
                                             to recover a stratified representation of               days (including estimated weather                     concurrently in order to collect multiple
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             the sediment. The vibracoring process is                down time). The geophysical survey                    aspects of geophysical data along one
                                             short in duration and is performed from                 activities proposed by DWW would                      transect. Selection of equipment
                                             a dynamic positioning vessel. The                       include the following:                                combinations is based on specific
                                             vessel would use DP thrusters to                          • Multibeam Depth Sounder to                        survey objectives. Any survey
                                             maintain the vessel’s position while the                determine water depths and general                    equipment selected would have
                                             vibracore sample is taken, as described                 bottom topography. The multibeam                      characteristics similar to the systems
                                             above. The vibracoring process would                    echosounder sonar system projects                     described below, if different.


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19714                                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                                                       TABLE 1—SUMMARY OF GEOPHYSICAL SURVEY EQUIPMENT PROPOSED FOR USE BY DWW
                                                                                                                                                                       Operational
                                                                                                         Operating                     Source level                       depth                         Beam width                   Pulse duration
                                                           Equipment type                               frequencies                   (SLrms dB re 1                  (meters below                      (degrees)                   (milliseconds)
                                                                                                           (kHz)                        μPA @1 m)                       surface)

                                                                                                                                  Multibeam Depth Sounding

                                             Reson SeaBat         7125 1
                                                                 .....................             200 and 400 ..........          220 ........................   4 ............................   128 ........................    0.03 to 0.3.
                                             Reson SeaBat 7101 2 .....................             100 ........................    162 ........................   2 to 5 .....................     140 ........................    0.8 to 3.04.
                                             R2SONIC Sonic 2020 1 ..................               170 to 450 .............        162 ........................   2 to 5 .....................     160 ........................    0.11.

                                                                                                                              Shallow Sub-bottom Profiling

                                             Teledyne Benthos Chirp III 3 ..........               2 to 7 .....................    197 ........................   4 ............................   45 ..........................   0.2.
                                             EdgeTech SB3200 XS ...................                2 to 16 ...................     176 ........................   2 to 5 .....................     170 ........................    3.4.
                                             SB216 4 ...........................................

                                                                                                                    Medium Penetration Sub-bottom Profiling

                                             Applied Acoustics ...........................         0.1 to 10 ................      175 ........................   1 to 2 .....................     60 ..........................   58.
                                             Fugro boomer 1 ...............................
                                             Applied Acoustics ...........................         0.25 to 8 ................      203 ........................   2 ............................   25 to 35 .................      0.6.
                                             S-Boom system—CSP–D 2400HV
                                             (600 joule/pulse) 5 ...........................
                                             GeoResources 800 Joule Sparker 6                      0.75 to 2.75 ...........        203 ........................   4 ............................   360 (omni-direc-                0.1 to 0.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                     tional).
                                             Falmouth Scientific HMS 620 bub-                      0.02 to 1.7 .............       196 ........................   1.5 .........................    360 (omni-direc-                1.6.
                                               ble gun 7.                                                                                                                                            tional).
                                             Applied Acoustics ...........................         0.03 to 5 ................      213 ........................   1 to 2 .....................     170 ........................    2.1.
                                             Dura-Spark 240 5 ............................

                                                                                                                                        Side Scan Sonar

                                             Klein Marine Systems model                            445 and 900 ..........          242 ........................   20 ..........................    40 ..........................   0.025.
                                               3900 1.
                                             EdgeTech model 4125 1 .................               105 and 410 ..........          225 ........................   10 ..........................    158 ........................    10 to 20.
                                             EdgeTech model 4200 1 .................               300 and 600 ..........          215 to 220 .............       1 ............................   0.5 and 0.26 ..........         5 to 12.
                                               1 Source level obtained from equipment specifications as described in 2017 IHA issued to DWW for takes of marine mammals incidental to site
                                             characterization surveys off the coast of New York (82 FR 22250).
                                               2 Source level based on published manufacturer specifications and/or systems manual.
                                               3 Source level based on published manufacturer specifications and/or systems manual—assumed configured as TTV–171 with AT–471 trans-
                                             ducer per system manual.
                                               4 Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016). Assumed to be 3200 XS with SB216. Used as proxy: 3200 XS with SB424 in 4–
                                             24 kHz mode Since the 3200 XS system manual lists same power output between SB216 and SB 424.
                                               5 Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016).
                                               6 Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)—ELC820 used as proxy.
                                               7 Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)—Used single plate 1 due to discrepancies noted in Crocker and Fratantonio
                                             (2016) regarding plate 2.


                                                The deployment of HRG survey                                       that fall outside the functional hearing                                  • Applied Acoustics S-Boom Sub-
                                             equipment, including the equipment                                    ranges of marine mammals (e.g., above                                   bottom Profiling System consisting of a
                                             planned for use during DWW’s planned                                  200 kHz) or that operate within marine                                  CSP–D 2400HV power supply and 3-
                                             activity, produces sound in the marine                                mammal functional hearing ranges but                                    plate catamaran;
                                             environment that has the potential to                                 have low sound source levels (e.g., a                                     • GeoResources 800 Joule Sparker;
                                             result in harassment of marine                                        single pulse at less than 200 dB re re 1                                  • Falmouth Scientific HMS 620
                                             mammals. However, sound propagation                                   mPa) were assumed to not have the                                       Bubble Gun; and
                                             is dependent on several factors                                       potential to result in marine mammal                                      • Applied Acoustics Dura-Spark 240
                                             including operating mode, frequency                                   harassment and were therefore                                           System.
                                             and beam direction of the HRG                                         eliminated from further analysis. Of the                                  As the HRG survey equipment listed
                                             equipment; thus, potential impacts to                                 potential HRG survey equipment                                          above was determined to have the
                                             marine mammals from HRG equipment                                     planned for use, the following                                          potential to result in harassment of
                                             are driven by the specification of                                    equipment was determined to have the                                    marine mammals, the equipment listed
                                             individual HRG sources. The                                           potential to result in harassment of                                    above was carried forward in the
                                             specifications of the potential                                       marine mammals:                                                         analysis of potential impacts to marine
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             equipment planned for use during HRG                                     • Teledyne Benthos Chirp III Sub-                                    mammals; all other HRG equipment
                                             survey activities (Table 1) were                                      bottom Profiler;                                                        planned for use by DWW is not
                                             analyzed to determine which types of                                                                                                          expected to result in harassment of
                                             equipment would have the potential to                                    • EdgeTech Sub-bottom Profilers                                      marine mammals and is therefore not
                                             result in harassment of marine                                        (Chirp);                                                                analyzed further in this document.
                                             mammals. HRG equipment that would                                        • Applied Acoustics Fugro Sub-                                         Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
                                             be operated either at frequency ranges                                bottom Profiler (Boomer);                                               reporting measures are described in


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:16 May 03, 2018        Jkt 244001     PO 00000       Frm 00035       Fmt 4703     Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM              04MYN1


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                                                                       19715

                                             detail later in this document (please see                        IHA application is such that take of                                    stock while allowing that stock to reach
                                             ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ and ‘‘Proposed                           these species is not expected to occur,                                 or maintain its optimum sustainable
                                             Monitoring and Reporting’’).                                     and they are not discussed further                                      population (as described in NMFS’
                                                                                                              beyond the explanation provided here.                                   SARs). While no mortality is anticipated
                                             Description of Marine Mammals in the
                                                                                                              Take of these species is not anticipated                                or authorized here, PBR is included here
                                             Area of Specified Activity
                                                                                                              either because they have very low                                       as a gross indicator of the status of the
                                                Sections 3 and 4 of DWW’s IHA                                 densities in the project area, are known                                species and other threats.
                                             application summarize available                                  to occur further offshore than the project                                 Marine mammal abundance estimates
                                             information regarding status and trends,                         area, or are considered very unlikely to                                presented in this document represent
                                             distribution and habitat preferences,                            occur in the project area during the                                    the total number of individuals that
                                             and behavior and life history, of the                            proposed survey due to the species’                                     make up a given stock or the total
                                             potentially affected species. Additional                         seasonal occurrence in the area.                                        number estimated within a particular
                                             information regarding population trends                             Table 2 lists all species with expected                              study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
                                             and threats may be found in NMFS’                                potential for occurrence in the survey                                  abundance estimates for most species
                                             Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;                                   area and with the potential to be taken                                 represent the total estimate of
                                             www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/) and more                             as a result of the proposed survey and                                  individuals within the geographic area,
                                             general information about these species                          summarizes information related to the                                   if known, that comprises that stock. For
                                             (e.g., physical and behavioral                                   population or stock, including                                          some species, this geographic area may
                                             descriptions) may be found on NMFS’                              regulatory status under the MMPA and                                    extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
                                             website (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/                                   ESA and potential biological removal                                    stocks in this region are assessed in
                                             species/mammals/). All species that                              (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we                                    NMFS’ U.S. Atlantic SARs (e.g., Hayes
                                             could potentially occur in the proposed                          follow Committee on Taxonomy (2017).                                    et al., 2018). All values presented in
                                             survey areas are included in Table 5 of                          PBR is defined by the MMPA as the                                       Table 2 are the most recent available at
                                             the IHA application. However, the                                maximum number of animals, not                                          the time of publication and are available
                                             temporal and/or spatial occurrence of                            including natural mortalities, that may                                 in the 2017 draft Atlantic SARs (Hayes
                                             several species listed in Table 5 of the                         be removed from a marine mammal                                         et al., 2018).
                                                                                  TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN THE SURVEY AREA
                                                                                                                            NMFS
                                                                                                                            MMPA                Stock abundance                      Predicted                                   Occurrence
                                                                                                                           and ESA
                                                    Common name                                 Stock                                         (CV,Nmin, most recent                 abundance                PBR 4             and seasonality
                                                                                                                            status;            abundance survey) 2                    (CV) 3                                 in the survey area
                                                                                                                           strategic
                                                                                                                            (Y/N) 1

                                                                                                                             Toothed whales (Odontoceti)

                                             Sperm whale (Physeter              North Atlantic .........................   E; Y          2,288 (0.28; 1,815; n/a) .........           5,353 (0.12)             3.6   Rare.
                                               macrocephalus).
                                             Long-finned pilot whale            W North Atlantic ....................      -; Y          5,636 (0.63; 3,464; n/a) .........       5 18,977      (0.11)          35   Rare.
                                               (Globicephala melas).
                                             Atlantic white-sided dolphin       W North Atlantic ....................      -; N          48,819 (0.61; 30,403; n/a) .....           37,180 (0.07)              304   Rare.
                                               (Lagenorhynchus acutus).
                                             Atlantic spotted dolphin           W North Atlantic ....................      -; N          44,715 (0.43; 31,610; n/a) .....           55,436 (0.32)              316   Rare.
                                               (Stenella frontalis).
                                             Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops       W North Atlantic, Offshore ....            -; N          77,532 (0.40; 56,053; 2011) ..           5 97,476      (0.06)         561   Common year round.
                                               truncatus).
                                             Common dolphin 6 (Delphinus        W North Atlantic ....................      -; N          173,486 (0.55; 55,690; 2011)               86,098 (0.12)              557   Common year round.
                                               delphis).
                                             Harbor porpoise (Phocoena          Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy ..              -; N          79,833 (0.32; 61,415; 2011) ..           * 45,089 (0.12)              706   Common year round.
                                               phocoena).

                                                                                                                                  Baleen whales (Mysticeti)

                                             North Atlantic right whale         W North Atlantic ....................      E; Y          458 (0; 455; n/a) ....................        * 535 (0.45)            1.4   Year round in continental
                                               (Eubalaena glacialis).                                                                                                                                                  shelf and slope waters,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       occur seasonally to forage.
                                             Humpback whale 7 (Megaptera        Gulf of Maine .........................    -; N          823 (0.42; 239; n/a) ...............       * 1,637 (0.07)             3.7   Common year round.
                                               novaeangliae).
                                             Fin whale 6 (Balaenoptera          W North Atlantic ....................      E; Y          3,522 (0.27; 1,234; n/a) .........           4,633 (0.08)             2.5   Year round in continental
                                               physalus).                                                                                                                                                              shelf and slope waters,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       occur seasonally to forage.
                                             Sei whale (Balaenoptera bore-      Nova Scotia ...........................    E; Y          357 (0.52; 236; n/a) ...............          * 717 (0.30)            0.5   Year round in continental
                                               alis).                                                                                                                                                                  shelf and slope waters,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       occur seasonally to forage.
                                             Minke whale 6 (Balaenoptera        Canadian East Coast ............           -; N          20,741 (0.3; 1,425; n/a) .........         * 2,112 (0.05)             162   Year round in continental
                                               acutorostrata).                                                                                                                                                         shelf and slope waters,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       occur seasonally to forage.

                                                                                                                                  Earless seals (Phocidae)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             Gray seal 8 (Halichoerus           W North Atlantic ....................      -; N          27,131 (0.10; 25,908; n/a) .....         ........................   1,554   Rare.
                                               grypus).
                                             Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) ...   W North Atlantic ....................      -; N          75,834 (0.15; 66,884; 2012) ..           ........................   2,006   Common year round.
                                               1 ESA  status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or designated as de-
                                             pleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is de-
                                             termined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated
                                             under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.



                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:16 May 03, 2018     Jkt 244001      PO 00000        Frm 00036       Fmt 4703    Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM                04MYN1


                                             19716                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                                2 Stock abundance as reported in NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports except where otherwise noted. NMFSs abundance reports available online at:
                                             www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks,
                                             abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is
                                             presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented here are from the 2017 draft Atlantic SARs.
                                                3 This information represents species- or guild-specific abundance predicted by recent habitat-based cetacean density models (Roberts et al., 2016). These models
                                             provide the best available scientific information regarding predicted density patterns of cetaceans in the U.S. Atlantic Ocean, and we provide the corresponding abun-
                                             dance predictions as a point of reference. Total abundance estimates were produced by computing the mean density of all pixels in the modeled area and multiplying
                                             by its area. For those species marked with an asterisk, the available information supported development of either two or four seasonal models; each model has an
                                             associated abundance prediction. Here, we report the maximum predicted abundance.
                                                4 Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine
                                             mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
                                                5 Abundance estimates are in some cases reported for a guild or group of species when those species are difficult to differentiate at sea. Similarly, the habitat-
                                             based cetacean density models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) are based in part on available observational data which, in some cases, is limited to genus or guild
                                             in terms of taxonomic definition. Roberts et al. (2016) produced density models to genus level for Globicephala spp. and produced a density model for bottlenose dol-
                                             phins that does not differentiate between offshore and coastal stocks.
                                                6 Abundance as reported in the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which provided full coverage of the Atlantic Canadian coast (Lawson
                                             and Gosselin, 2009). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when possible. In general, where the TNASS survey ef-
                                             fort provided superior coverage of a stock’s range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey effort), the resulting abundance estimate is considered more accurate
                                             than the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived from survey effort with inferior coverage of the stock range). NMFS stock abundance estimate for the common
                                             dolphin is 70,184. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the fin whale is 1,618.
                                                7 2017 U.S. Atlantic draft SAR for the Gulf of Maine feeding population lists a current abundance estimate of 335 individuals; this estimate was revised from the
                                             previous estimate of 823 individuals. However, the newer estimate is based on a single aerial line-transect survey in the Gulf of Maine. The 2017 U.S. Atlantic draft
                                             SAR notes that that previous estimate was based on a minimum number alive calculation which is generally more accurate than one derived from line-transect survey
                                             (Hayes et al., 2017), and that the abundance estimate was revised solely because the previous estimate was greater than 8 years old. Therefore, the previous esti-
                                             mate of 823 is more accurate, and we note that even that estimate is defined on the basis of feeding location alone (i.e., Gulf of Maine).
                                                8 NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.




                                                Four marine mammal species that are                  individuals of the species that are found                  The western North Atlantic
                                             listed under the Endangered Species Act                 in the specific geographic region.                      population demonstrated overall growth
                                             (ESA) may be present in the survey area                                                                         of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to
                                                                                                     North Atlantic Right Whale
                                             and are included in the take request:                                                                           2010, despite a decline in 1993 and no
                                             The North Atlantic right whale, fin                        The North Atlantic right whale ranges                growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et
                                             whale, sei whale, and sperm whale.                      from the calving grounds in the                         al. 2017). However, since 2010 the
                                                Below is a description of the species                southeastern United States to feeding                   population has been in decline, with a
                                                                                                     grounds in New England waters and                       99.99 percent probability of a decline of
                                             that are both common in the survey area
                                                                                                     into Canadian waters (Waring et al.,                    just under 1 percent per year (Pace et al.
                                             south of Rhode Island and
                                                                                                     2016). Surveys have demonstrated the                    2017). Between 1990 and 2015, calving
                                             Massachusetts that have the highest
                                                                                                     existence of seven areas where North                    rates varied substantially, with low
                                             likelihood of occurring, at least
                                                                                                     Atlantic right whales congregate                        calving rates coinciding with all three
                                             seasonally, in the survey area and are
                                                                                                     seasonally, including north and east of                 periods of decline or no growth (Pace et
                                             thus are expected to potentially be taken                                                                       al. 2017). On average, North Atlantic
                                             by the proposed activities. Though other                the proposed survey area in Georges
                                                                                                     Bank, off Cape Cod, and in                              right whale calving rates are estimated
                                             marine mammal species are known to                                                                              to be roughly half that of southern right
                                             occur in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean,                  Massachusetts Bay (Waring et al., 2016).
                                                                                                     In the late fall months (e.g. October),                 whales (Eubalaena australis) (Pace et al.
                                             the temporal and/or spatial occurrence                                                                          2017), which are increasing in
                                             of several of these species is such that                right whales are generally thought to
                                                                                                     depart from the feeding grounds in the                  abundance (NMFS 2015). In 2018, no
                                             take of these species is not expected to                                                                        new North Atlantic right whale calves
                                                                                                     North Atlantic and move south to their
                                             occur, and they are therefore not                                                                               were documented in their calving
                                                                                                     calving grounds off Florida. However,
                                             discussed further beyond the                                                                                    grounds; this represented the first time
                                                                                                     recent research indicates our
                                             explanation provided here. Take of                                                                              since annual NOAA aerial surveys
                                                                                                     understanding of their movement
                                             these species is not anticipated either                                                                         began in 1989 that no new right whale
                                                                                                     patterns remains incomplete (Davis et
                                             because they have very low densities in                 al. 2017). A review of passive acoustic                 calves were observed.
                                             the project area (e.g., blue whale,                     monitoring data from 2004 to 2014                          Data indicates that the number of
                                             Clymene dolphin, pantropical spotted                    throughout the western North Atlantic                   adult females fell from 200 in 2010 to
                                             dolphin, striped dolphin, spinner                       Ocean demonstrated nearly continuous                    186 in 2015 while males fell from 283
                                             dolphin, killer whale, false killer whale,              year-round right whale presence across                  to 272 in the same time frame (Pace et
                                             pygmy killer whale, short-finned pilot                  their entire habitat range, including in                al., 2017). In addition, elevated North
                                             whale), or, are known to occur further                  locations previously thought of as                      Atlantic right whale mortalities have
                                             offshore than the project area (e.g.,                   migratory corridors, suggesting that not                occurred since June 7, 2017. A total of
                                             beaked whales, rough toothed dolphin,                   all of the population undergoes a                       18 confirmed dead stranded whales (12
                                             Kogia spp.). For the majority of species                consistent annual migration (Davis et al.               in Canada; 6 in the United States), with
                                             potentially present in the specific                     2017). Acoustic monitoring data from                    an additional 5 live whale
                                             geographic region, NMFS has                             2004 to 2014 indicated that the number                  entanglements in Canada, have been
                                             designated only a single generic stock                  of North Atlantic right whale                           documented to date. This event has
                                             (e.g., ‘‘western North Atlantic’’) for                  vocalizations detected in the proposed                  been declared an Unusual Mortality
                                             management purposes. This includes                      survey area were relatively constant                    Event (UME), with human interactions
                                             the ‘‘Canadian east coast’’ stock of                    throughout the year, with the exception                 (i.e., fishery-related entanglements and
                                             minke whales, which includes all minke                  of August through October when                          vessel strikes) identified as the most
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             whales found in U.S. waters. For                        detected vocalizations showed an                        likely cause. More information is
                                             humpback and sei whales, NMFS                           apparent decline (Davis et al. 2017).                   available online at: http://www.nmfs.
                                             defines stocks on the basis of feeding                  North Atlantic right whales are expected                noaa.gov/pr/health/mmume/2017north
                                             locations, i.e., Gulf of Maine and Nova                 to be present in the proposed survey                    atlanticrightwhaleume.html.
                                             Scotia, respectively. However, our                      area during the proposed survey,                           The proposed survey area is part of an
                                             reference to humpback whales and sei                    especially during the summer months,                    important migratory area for North
                                             whales in this document refers to any                   with numbers possibly lower in the fall.                Atlantic right whales; this important


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM     04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                             19717

                                             migratory area is comprised of the                      at this time and some individuals have                the area of Hydrographer Canyon
                                             waters of the continental shelf offshore                been sighted repeatedly within the same               (Waring et al., 2015). Sei whales occur
                                             the East Coast of the United States and                 winter season, indicating that not all                in shallower waters to feed. Sei whales
                                             extends from Florida through                            humpback whales migrate south every                   are listed as engendered under the ESA
                                             Massachusetts. NMFS’ regulations at 50                  winter (Waring et al., 2016).                         and the Nova Scotia stock is considered
                                             CFR part 224.105 designated nearshore                      Since January 2016, elevated                       strategic and depleted under the MMPA.
                                             waters of the Mid-Atlantic Bight as Mid-                humpback whale mortalities have
                                                                                                     occurred along the Atlantic coast from                Minke Whale
                                             Atlantic U.S. Seasonal Management
                                             Areas (SMA) for right whales in 2008.                   Maine through North Carolina. Partial or                 Minke whales can be found in
                                             SMAs were developed to reduce the                       full necropsy examinations have been                  temperate, tropical, and high-latitude
                                             threat of collisions between ships and                  conducted on approximately half of the                waters. The Canadian East Coast stock
                                             right whales around their migratory                     62 known cases. A portion of the whales               can be found in the area from the
                                             route and calving grounds. A portion of                 have shown evidence of pre-mortem                     western half of the Davis Strait (45 °W)
                                             one SMA, which occurs off Block                         vessel strike; however, this finding is               to the Gulf of Mexico (Waring et al.,
                                             Island, Rhode Island, overlaps spatially                not consistent across all of the whales               2016). This species generally occupies
                                             with a section of the proposed survey                   examined so more research is needed.                  waters less than 100 m deep on the
                                             area. The SMA which occurs off Block                    NOAA is consulting with researchers                   continental shelf. There appears to be a
                                             Island is active from November 1                        that are conducting studies on the                    strong seasonal component to minke
                                             through April 30 of each year.                          humpback whale populations, and these                 whale distribution in which spring to
                                                                                                     efforts may provide information on                    fall are times of relatively widespread
                                             Humpback Whale                                          changes in whale distribution and                     and common occurrence, and when the
                                                Humpback whales are found                            habitat use that could provide                        whales are most abundant in New
                                             worldwide in all oceans. Humpback                       additional insight into how these vessel              England waters, while during winter the
                                             whales were listed as endangered under                  interactions occurred. Three previous                 species appears to be largely absent
                                             the Endangered Species Conservation                     UMEs involving humpback whales have                   (Waring et al., 2016).
                                             Act (ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the                   occurred since 2000, in 2003, 2005, and               Sperm Whale
                                             ESA replaced the ESCA, and                              2006. More information is available at
                                             humpbacks continued to be listed as                     www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/health/mmume/                      The distribution of the sperm whale
                                             endangered. NMFS recently evaluated                     2017humpbackatlanticume.html.                         in the U.S. EEZ occurs on the
                                             the status of the species, and on                                                                             continental shelf edge, over the
                                             September 8, 2016, NMFS divided the                     Fin Whale                                             continental slope, and into mid-ocean
                                             species into 14 distinct population                        Fin whales are common in waters of                 regions (Waring et al., 2014). The basic
                                             segments (DPS), removed the current                     the U. S. Atlantic Exclusive Economic                 social unit of the sperm whale appears
                                             species-level listing, and in its place                 Zone (EEZ), principally from Cape                     to be the mixed school of adult females
                                             listed four DPSs as endangered and one                  Hatteras northward (Waring et al.,                    plus their calves and some juveniles of
                                             DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259;                         2016). Fin whales are present north of                both sexes, normally numbering 20–40
                                             September 8, 2016). The remaining nine                  35-degree latitude in every season and                animals in all. There is evidence that
                                             DPSs were not listed. The West Indies                   are broadly distributed throughout the                some social bonds persist for many
                                             DPS, which is not listed under the ESA,                 western North Atlantic for most of the                years (Christal et al., 1998). This species
                                             is the only DPS of humpback whale that                  year, though densities vary seasonally                forms stable social groups, site fidelity,
                                             is expected to occur in the survey area.                (Waring et al., 2016). Fin whales are                 and latitudinal range limitations in
                                             The best estimate of population                         found in small groups of up to five                   groups of females and juveniles
                                             abundance for the West Indies DPS is                    individuals (Brueggeman et al., 1987).                (Whitehead, 2002). In summer, the
                                             12,312 individuals, as described in the                 The main threats to fin whales are                    distribution of sperm whales includes
                                             NMFS Status Review of the Humpback                      fishery interactions and vessel collisions            the area east and north of Georges Bank
                                             Whale under the Endangered Species                      (Waring et al., 2016). The proposed                   and into the Northeast Channel region,
                                             Act (Bettridge et al., 2015).                           survey area would overlap spatially and               as well as the continental shelf (inshore
                                                In New England waters, feeding is the                temporally with a biologically important              of the 100-m isobath) south of New
                                             principal activity of humpback whales,                  feeding area for fin whales. The                      England. In the fall, sperm whale
                                             and their distribution in this region has               important fin whale feeding area occurs               occurrence south of New England on the
                                             been largely correlated to abundance of                 from March through October and                        continental shelf is at its highest level,
                                             prey species, although behavior and                     stretches from an area south of Montauk               and there remains a continental shelf
                                             bathymetry are factors influencing                      Point to south of Martha’s Vineyard.                  edge occurrence in the mid-Atlantic
                                             foraging strategy (Payne et al. 1986,                                                                         bight. In winter, sperm whales are
                                             1990). Humpback whales are frequently                   Sei Whale
                                                                                                                                                           concentrated east and northeast of Cape
                                             piscivorous when in New England                           The Nova Scotia stock of sei whales                 Hatteras.
                                             waters, feeding on herring (Clupea                      can be found in deeper waters of the
                                             harengus), sand lance (Ammodytes                        continental shelf edge waters of the                  Long-Finned Pilot Whale
                                             spp.), and other small fishes, as well as               northeastern United States and                           Long-finned pilot whales are found
                                             euphausiids in the northern Gulf of                     northeastward to south of                             from North Carolina and north to
                                             Maine (Paquet et al. 1997). During                      Newfoundland. The southern portion of                 Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea
                                             winter, the majority of humpback                        the stock’s range during spring and                   (Waring et al., 2016). In U.S. Atlantic
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             whales from North Atlantic feeding                      summer includes the Gulf of Maine and                 waters the species is distributed
                                             areas (including the Gulf of Maine) mate                Georges Bank. Spring is the period of                 principally along the continental shelf
                                             and calve in the West Indies, where                     greatest abundance in U.S. waters, with               edge off the northeastern U.S. coast in
                                             spatial and genetic mixing among                        sightings concentrated along the eastern              winter and early spring and in late
                                             feeding groups occurs, though                           margin of Georges Bank and into the                   spring, pilot whales move onto Georges
                                             significant numbers of animals are                      Northeast Channel area, and along the                 Bank and into the Gulf of Maine and
                                             found in mid- and high-latitude regions                 southwestern edge of Georges Bank in                  more northern waters and remain in


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00038   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19718                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             these areas through late autumn (Waring                 Only the western North Atlantic stock                 unknown, surveys conducted since their
                                             et al., 2016). Long-finned pilot whales                 may be present in the Lease Area.                     arrival in the 1980s indicate a steady
                                             are not listed under the ESA. The                                                                             increase in abundance in both Maine
                                                                                                     Bottlenose Dolphin
                                             Western North Atlantic stock is                                                                               and Massachusetts (Waring et al., 2016).
                                             considered strategic under the MMPA.                       There are two distinct bottlenose                  It is believed that recolonization by
                                                                                                     dolphin ecotypes in the western North                 Canadian gray seals is the source of the
                                             Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin                            Atlantic: the coastal and offshore forms              U.S. population (Waring et al., 2016).
                                                White-sided dolphins are found in                    (Waring et al., 2016). The offshore form
                                                                                                     is distributed primarily along the outer              Marine Mammal Hearing
                                             temperate and sub-polar waters of the
                                             North Atlantic, primarily in continental                continental shelf and continental slope                  Hearing is the most important sensory
                                             shelf waters to the 100-m depth contour                 in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean from                  modality for marine mammals
                                             from central West Greenland to North                    Georges Bank to the Florida Keys and is               underwater, and exposure to
                                             Carolina (Waring et al., 2016). The Gulf                the only type that may be present in the              anthropogenic sound can have
                                             of Maine stock is most common in                        survey area as the survey area is north               deleterious effects. To appropriately
                                             continental shelf waters from Hudson                    of the northern extent of the range of the            assess the potential effects of exposure
                                             Canyon to Georges Bank, and in the Gulf                 Western North Atlantic Northern                       to sound, it is necessary to understand
                                             of Maine and lower Bay of Fundy.                        Migratory Coastal Stock.                              the frequency ranges marine mammals
                                             Sighting data indicate seasonal shifts in                                                                     are able to hear. Current data indicate
                                                                                                     Harbor Porpoise                                       that not all marine mammal species
                                             distribution (Northridge et al., 1997).
                                                                                                        In the Lease Area, only the Gulf of                have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
                                             During January to May, low numbers of
                                                                                                     Maine/Bay of Fundy stock may be                       Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
                                             white-sided dolphins are found from
                                                                                                     present. This stock is found in U.S. and              Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
                                             Georges Bank to Jeffreys Ledge (off New
                                                                                                     Canadian Atlantic waters and is                       To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007)
                                             Hampshire), with even lower numbers
                                                                                                     concentrated in the northern Gulf of                  recommended that marine mammals be
                                             south of Georges Bank, as documented
                                                                                                     Maine and southern Bay of Fundy                       divided into functional hearing groups
                                             by a few strandings collected on beaches
                                                                                                     region, generally in waters less than 150             based on directly measured or estimated
                                             of Virginia to South Carolina. From June
                                                                                                     m deep (Waring et al., 2016). They are                hearing ranges on the basis of available
                                             through September, large numbers of
                                                                                                     seen from the coastline to deep waters                behavioral response data, audiograms
                                             white-sided dolphins are found from
                                                                                                     (>1800 m; Westgate et al. 1998),                      derived using auditory evoked potential
                                             Georges Bank to the lower Bay of
                                                                                                     although the majority of the population               techniques, anatomical modeling, and
                                             Fundy. From October to December,                                                                              other data. Note that no direct
                                                                                                     is found over the continental shelf
                                             white-sided dolphins occur at                                                                                 measurements of hearing ability have
                                                                                                     (Waring et al., 2016). The main threat to
                                             intermediate densities from southern                                                                          been successfully completed for
                                                                                                     the species is interactions with fisheries,
                                             Georges Bank to southern Gulf of Maine                                                                        mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
                                                                                                     with documented take in the U.S.
                                             (Payne and Heinemann 1990). Sightings                                                                         cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)
                                                                                                     northeast sink gillnet, mid-Atlantic
                                             south of Georges Bank, particularly                                                                           described generalized hearing ranges for
                                                                                                     gillnet, and northeast bottom trawl
                                             around Hudson Canyon, occur year                                                                              these marine mammal hearing groups.
                                                                                                     fisheries and in the Canadian herring
                                             round but at low densities.                                                                                   Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
                                                                                                     weir fisheries (Waring et al., 2016).
                                             Atlantic Spotted Dolphin                                                                                      based on the approximately 65 decibel
                                                                                                     Harbor Seal                                           (dB) threshold from the normalized
                                                Atlantic spotted dolphins are found in                 The harbor seal is found in all                     composite audiograms, with the
                                             tropical and warm temperate waters                      nearshore waters of the North Atlantic                exception for lower limits for low-
                                             ranging from southern New England,                      and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining                frequency cetaceans where the lower
                                             south to Gulf of Mexico and the                         seas above about 30° N (Burns, 2009). In              bound was deemed to be biologically
                                             Caribbean to Venezuela (Waring et al.,                  the western North Atlantic, harbor seals              implausible and the lower bound from
                                             2014). This stock regularly occurs in                   are distributed from the eastern                      Southall et al. (2007) retained. The
                                             continental shelf waters south of Cape                  Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to                functional groups and the associated
                                             Hatteras and in continental shelf edge                  southern New England and New York,                    frequencies are indicated below (note
                                             and continental slope waters north of                   and occasionally to the Carolinas                     that these frequency ranges correspond
                                             this region (Waring et al., 2014). There                (Waring et al., 2016). Haulout and                    to the range for the composite group,
                                             are two forms of this species, with the                 pupping sites are located off Manomet,                with the entire range not necessarily
                                             larger ecotype inhabiting the continental               MA and the Isles of Shoals, ME, but                   reflecting the capabilities of every
                                             shelf and is usually found inside or near               generally do not occur in areas in                    species within that group):
                                             the 200 m isobaths (Waring et al., 2014).               southern New England (Waring et al.,                     • Low-frequency cetaceans
                                             Atlantic spotted dolphins are not listed                2016).                                                (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is
                                             under the ESA and the stock is not                                                                            estimated to occur between
                                             considered depleted or strategic under                  Gray Seal
                                                                                                                                                           approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 35
                                             the MMPA.                                                 There are three major populations of                kilohertz (kHz);
                                             Common Dolphin                                          gray seals found in the world; eastern                   • Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger
                                                                                                     Canada (western North Atlantic stock),                toothed whales, beaked whales, and
                                               The short-beaked common dolphin is                    northwestern Europe and the Baltic Sea.               most delphinids): Generalized hearing is
                                             found world-wide in temperate to                        Gray seals in the survey area belong to               estimated to occur between
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             subtropical seas. In the North Atlantic,                the western North Atlantic stock. The                 approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
                                             short-beaked common dolphins are                        range for this stock is thought to be from               • High-frequency cetaceans
                                             commonly found over the continental                     New Jersey to Labrador. Current                       (porpoises, river dolphins, and members
                                             shelf between the 100-m and 2,000-m                     population trends show that gray seal                 of the genera Kogia and
                                             isobaths and over prominent                             abundance is likely increasing in the                 Cephalorhynchus; including two
                                             underwater topography and east to the                   U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Waring et al., 2016).              members of the genus Lagenorhynchus,
                                             mid-Atlantic Ridge (Waring et al., 2016).               Although the rate of increase is                      on the basis of recent echolocation data


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00039   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                              19719

                                             and genetic data): Generalized hearing is               fold increase in acoustic power (and a                time of day (as a result, in actual active
                                             estimated to occur between                              20-dB increase is then a 100-fold                     sonar operations, crews will measure
                                             approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz; and                   increase in power). A 10-fold increase in             oceanic conditions, such as sea water
                                                • Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true                 acoustic power does not mean that the                 temperature and depth, to calibrate
                                             seals): Generalized hearing is estimated                sound is perceived as being 10 times                  models that determine the path the
                                             to occur between approximately 50 Hz                    louder, however. Sound levels are                     sonar signal will take as it travels
                                             to 86 kH.                                               compared to a reference sound pressure                through the ocean and how strong the
                                                The pinniped functional hearing                      (micro-Pascal) to identify the medium.                sound signal will be at a given range
                                             group was modified from Southall et al.                 For air and water, these reference                    along a particular transmission path). As
                                             (2007) on the basis of data indicating                  pressures are ‘‘re: 20 micro Pascals                  sound travels through the ocean, the
                                             that phocid species have consistently                   (mPa)’’ and ‘‘re: 1 mPa,’’ respectively.              intensity associated with the wavefront
                                             demonstrated an extended frequency                      Root mean square (RMS) is the                         diminishes, or attenuates. This decrease
                                             range of hearing compared to otariids,                  quadratic mean sound pressure over the                in intensity is referred to as propagation
                                             especially in the higher frequency range                duration of an impulse. RMS is                        loss, also commonly called transmission
                                             (Hemilä et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,                calculated by squaring all of the sound               loss.
                                             2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).                        amplitudes, averaging the squares, and
                                                For more detail concerning these                                                                           Acoustic Impacts
                                                                                                     then taking the square root of the
                                             groups and associated frequency ranges,                 average (Urick 1975). RMS accounts for                   Geophysical surveys may temporarily
                                             please see NMFS (2016) for a review of                  both positive and negative values;                    impact marine mammals in the area due
                                             available information. Fourteen marine                  squaring the pressures makes all values               to elevated in-water sound levels.
                                             mammal species (twelve cetacean and                     positive so that they may be accounted                Marine mammals are continually
                                             two pinniped (both phocid species)                      for in the summation of pressure levels.              exposed to many sources of sound.
                                             have the reasonable potential to co-                    This measurement is often used in the                 Naturally occurring sounds such as
                                             occur with the proposed survey                          context of discussing behavioral effects,             lightning, rain, sub-sea earthquakes, and
                                             activities (see Table 2). Of the cetacean               in part because behavioral effects,                   biological sounds (e.g., snapping
                                             species that may be present, five are                   which often result from auditory cues,                shrimp, whale songs) are widespread
                                             classified as low-frequency cetaceans                   may be better expressed through                       throughout the world’s oceans. Marine
                                             (i.e., all mysticete species), six are                  averaged units rather than by peak                    mammals produce sounds in various
                                             classified as mid-frequency cetaceans                   pressures.                                            contexts and use sound for various
                                             (i.e., all delphinid species and the sperm                 When sound travels (propagates) from               biological functions including, but not
                                             whale), and one is classified as a high-                its source, its loudness decreases as the             limited to: (1) Social interactions; (2)
                                             frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor                        distance traveled by the sound                        foraging; (3) orientation; and (4)
                                             porpoise).                                              increases. Thus, the loudness of a sound              predator detection. Interference with
                                                                                                     at its source is higher than the loudness             producing or receiving these sounds
                                             Potential Effects of Specified Activities
                                                                                                     of that same sound one km away.                       may result in adverse impacts. Audible
                                             on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
                                                                                                     Acousticians often refer to the loudness              distance, or received levels of sound
                                                This section includes a summary and                  of a sound at its source (typically                   depend on the nature of the sound
                                             discussion of the ways that components                  referenced to one meter from the source)              source, ambient noise conditions, and
                                             of the specified activity may impact                    as the source level and the loudness of               the sensitivity of the receptor to the
                                             marine mammals and their habitat. The                   sound elsewhere as the received level                 sound (Richardson et al., 1995). Type
                                             ‘‘Estimated Take’’ section later in this                (i.e., typically the receiver). For                   and significance of marine mammal
                                             document includes a quantitative                        example, a humpback whale 3 km from                   reactions to sound are likely dependent
                                             analysis of the number of individuals                   a device that has a source level of 230               on a variety of factors including, but not
                                             that are expected to be taken by this                   dB may only be exposed to sound that                  limited to, (1) the behavioral state of the
                                             activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact                       is 160 dB loud, depending on how the                  animal (e.g., feeding, traveling, etc.); (2)
                                             Analysis and Determination’’ section                    sound travels through water (e.g.,                    frequency of the sound; (3) distance
                                             considers the content of this section, the              spherical spreading (6 dB reduction                   between the animal and the source; and
                                             ‘‘Estimated Take’’ section, and the                     with doubling of distance) was used in                (4) the level of the sound relative to
                                             ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ section, to draw                this example). As a result, it is                     ambient conditions (Southall et al.,
                                             conclusions regarding the likely impacts                important to understand the difference                2007).
                                             of these activities on the reproductive                 between source levels and received                       When considering the influence of
                                             success or survivorship of individuals                  levels when discussing the loudness of                various kinds of sound on the marine
                                             and how those impacts on individuals                    sound in the ocean or its impacts on the              environment, it is necessary to
                                             are likely to impact marine mammal                      marine environment.                                   understand that different kinds of
                                             species or stocks.                                         As sound travels from a source, its                marine life are sensitive to different
                                                                                                     propagation in water is influenced by                 frequencies of sound. Current data
                                             Background on Sound                                     various physical characteristics,                     indicate that not all marine mammal
                                                Sound is a physical phenomenon                       including water temperature, depth,                   species have equal hearing capabilities
                                             consisting of minute vibrations that                    salinity, and surface and bottom                      (Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
                                             travel through a medium, such as air or                 properties that cause refraction,                     Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
                                             water, and is generally characterized by                reflection, absorption, and scattering of                Animals are less sensitive to sounds
                                             several variables. Frequency describes                  sound waves. Oceans are not                           at the outer edges of their functional
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             the sound’s pitch and is measured in Hz                 homogeneous and the contribution of                   hearing range and are more sensitive to
                                             or kHz, while sound level describes the                 each of these individual factors is                   a range of frequencies within the middle
                                             sound’s intensity and is measured in                    extremely complex and interrelated.                   of their functional hearing range.
                                             dB. Sound level increases or decreases                  The physical characteristics that
                                             exponentially with each dB of change.                   determine the sound’s speed through                   Hearing Impairment
                                             The logarithmic nature of the scale                     the water will change with depth,                       Marine mammals may experience
                                             means that each 10-dB increase is a 10-                 season, geographic location, and with                 temporary or permanent hearing


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19720                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             impairment when exposed to loud                         same frequency band as the necessary                  continuous exposure with the same
                                             sounds. Hearing impairment is                           vocalizations and of a severity that it               energy (some recovery will occur
                                             classified by temporary threshold shift                 impeded communication. The fact that                  between intermittent exposures) (Kryter
                                             (TTS) and permanent threshold shift                     animals exposed to levels and durations               et al., 1966; Ward 1997). For sound
                                             (PTS). PTS is considered auditory injury                of sound that would be expected to                    exposures at or somewhat above the
                                             (Southall et al., 2007) and occurs in a                 result in this physiological response                 TTS-onset threshold, hearing sensitivity
                                             specific frequency range and amount.                    would also be expected to have                        recovers rapidly after exposure to the
                                             Irreparable damage to the inner or outer                behavioral responses of a comparatively               sound ends; intermittent exposures
                                             cochlear hair cells may cause PTS;                      more severe or sustained nature is also               recover faster in comparison with
                                             however, other mechanisms are also                      notable and potentially of more                       continuous exposures of the same
                                             involved, such as exceeding the elastic                 importance than the simple existence of               duration (Finneran et al., 2010). NMFS
                                             limits of certain tissues and membranes                 a TTS.                                                considers TTS as Level B harassment
                                             in the middle and inner ears and                           Currently, TTS data only exist for four            that is mediated by physiological effects
                                             resultant changes in the chemical                       species of cetaceans (bottlenose                      on the auditory system.
                                             composition of the inner ear fluids                     dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus                    Animals in the Lease Area during the
                                             (Southall et al., 2007). There are no                   leucas), harbor porpoise, and Yangtze                 HRG survey are unlikely to incur TTS
                                             empirical data for onset of PTS in any                  finless porpoise (Neophocaena                         hearing impairment due to the
                                             marine mammal; therefore, PTS-onset                     phocaenoides)) and three species of                   characteristics of the sound sources,
                                             must be estimated from TTS-onset                        pinnipeds (northern elephant seal                     which include low source levels (208 to
                                             measurements and from the rate of TTS                   (Mirounga angustirostris), harbor seal,               221 dB re 1 mPa-m) and generally very
                                             growth with increasing exposure levels                  and California sea lion (Zalophus                     short pulses and duration of the sound.
                                             above the level eliciting TTS-onset. PTS                californianus)) exposed to a limited                  Even for high-frequency cetacean
                                             is presumed to be likely if the hearing                 number of sound sources (i.e., mostly                 species (e.g., harbor porpoises), which
                                             threshold is reduced by ≥40 dB (that is,                tones and octave-band noise) in                       may have increased sensitivity to TTS
                                             40 dB of TTS).                                          laboratory settings (e.g., Finneran et al.,           (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein et al.,
                                                                                                     2002 and 2010; Nachtigall et al., 2004;               2012b), individuals would have to make
                                             Temporary Threshold Shift (TTS)                         Kastak et al., 2005; Lucke et al., 2009;              a very close approach and also remain
                                                TTS is the mildest form of hearing                   Mooney et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011;              very close to vessels operating these
                                             impairment that can occur during                        Finneran and Schlundt, 2010). In                      sources in order to receive multiple
                                             exposure to a loud sound (Kryter 1985).                 general, harbor seals (Kastak et al., 2005;           exposures at relatively high levels, as
                                             While experiencing TTS, the hearing                     Kastelein et al., 2012a) and harbor                   would be necessary to cause TTS.
                                             threshold rises and a sound must be                     porpoises (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein              Intermittent exposures—as would occur
                                             stronger in order to be heard. At least in              et al., 2012b) have a lower TTS onset                 due to the brief, transient signals
                                             terrestrial mammals, TTS can last from                  than other measured pinniped or                       produced by these sources—require a
                                             minutes or hours to (in cases of strong                 cetacean species. However, even for                   higher cumulative SEL to induce TTS
                                             TTS) days, can be limited to a particular               these animals, which are better able to               than would continuous exposures of the
                                             frequency range, and can occur to                       hear higher frequencies and may be                    same duration (i.e., intermittent
                                             varying degrees (i.e., a loss of a certain              more sensitive to higher frequencies,                 exposure results in lower levels of TTS)
                                             number of dBs of sensitivity). For sound                exposures on the order of approximately               (Mooney et al., 2009a; Finneran et al.,
                                             exposures at or somewhat above the                      170 dB RMS or higher for brief transient              2010). Moreover, most marine mammals
                                             TTS threshold, hearing sensitivity in                   signals are likely required for even                  would more likely avoid a loud sound
                                             both terrestrial and marine mammals                     temporary (recoverable) changes in                    source rather than swim in such close
                                             recovers rapidly after exposure to the                  hearing sensitivity that would likely not             proximity as to result in TTS. Kremser
                                             noise ends.                                             be categorized as physiologically                     et al. (2005) noted that the probability
                                                Marine mammal hearing plays a                        damaging (Lucke et al., 2009).                        of a cetacean swimming through the
                                             critical role in communication with                     Additionally, the existing marine                     area of exposure when a sub-bottom
                                             conspecifics and in interpretation of                   mammal TTS data come from a limited                   profiler emits a pulse is small—because
                                             environmental cues for purposes such                    number of individuals within these                    if the animal was in the area, it would
                                             as predator avoidance and prey capture.                 species. There are no data available on               have to pass the transducer at close
                                             Depending on the degree (elevation of                   noise-induced hearing loss for                        range in order to be subjected to sound
                                             threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery              mysticetes. For summaries of data on                  levels that could cause TTS and would
                                             time), and frequency range of TTS and                   TTS in marine mammals or for further                  likely exhibit avoidance behavior to the
                                             the context in which it is experienced,                 discussion of TTS onset thresholds,                   area near the transducer rather than
                                             TTS can have effects on marine                          please see Finneran (2015).                           swim through at such a close range.
                                             mammals ranging from discountable to                       Scientific literature highlights the               Further, the restricted beam shape of the
                                             serious. For example, a marine mammal                   inherent complexity of predicting TTS                 majority of the geophysical survey
                                             may be able to readily compensate for                   onset in marine mammals, as well as the               equipment planned for use (Table 1)
                                             a brief, relatively small amount of TTS                 importance of considering exposure                    makes it unlikely that an animal would
                                             in a non-critical frequency range that                  duration when assessing potential                     be exposed more than briefly during the
                                             takes place during a time when the                      impacts (Mooney et al., 2009a, 2009b;                 passage of the vessel.
                                             animals is traveling through the open                   Kastak et al., 2007). Generally, with
                                             ocean, where ambient noise is lower                     sound exposures of equal energy,                      Masking
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             and there are not as many competing                     quieter sounds (lower sound pressure                    Masking is the obscuring of sounds of
                                             sounds present. Alternatively, a larger                 levels (SPL)) of longer duration were                 interest to an animal by other sounds,
                                             amount and longer duration of TTS                       found to induce TTS onset more than                   typically at similar frequencies. Marine
                                             sustained during a time when                            louder sounds (higher SPL) of shorter                 mammals are highly dependent on
                                             communication is critical for successful                duration (more similar to sub-bottom                  sound, and their ability to recognize
                                             mother/calf interactions could have                     profilers). For intermittent sounds, less             sound signals amid other sound is
                                             more serious impacts if it were in the                  threshold shift will occur than from a                important in communication and


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                             19721

                                             detection of both predators and prey                    the directionality of the signals (for most           2004) have been equated with stress for
                                             (Tyack 2000). Background ambient                        geophysical survey equipment types                    many years.
                                             sound may interfere with or mask the                    planned for use (Table 1)) and the brief                 The primary distinction between
                                             ability of an animal to detect a sound                  period when an individual mammal is                   stress (which is adaptive and does not
                                             signal even when that signal is above its               likely to be within its beam.                         normally place an animal at risk) and
                                             absolute hearing threshold. Even in the                                                                       distress is the biotic cost of the
                                             absence of anthropogenic sound, the                     Non-Auditory Physical Effects (Stress)                response. During a stress response, an
                                             marine environment is often loud.                          Classic stress responses begin when                animal uses glycogen stores that can be
                                             Natural ambient sound includes                          an animal’s central nervous system                    quickly replenished once the stress is
                                             contributions from wind, waves,                         perceives a potential threat to its                   alleviated. In such circumstances, the
                                             precipitation, other animals, and (at                   homeostasis. That perception triggers                 cost of the stress response would not
                                             frequencies above 30 kHz) thermal                       stress responses regardless of whether a              pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
                                             sound resulting from molecular                          stimulus actually threatens the animal;               However, when an animal does not have
                                             agitation (Richardson et al., 1995).                    the mere perception of a threat is                    sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
                                                Background sound may also include                    sufficient to trigger a stress response               energetic costs of a stress response,
                                             anthropogenic sound, and masking of                     (Moberg 2000; Seyle 1950). Once an                    energy resources must be diverted from
                                             natural sounds can result when human                    animal’s central nervous system                       other biotic function, which impairs
                                             activities produce high levels of                       perceives a threat, it mounts a biological            those functions that experience the
                                             background sound. Conversely, if the                    response or defense that consists of a                diversion. For example, when mounting
                                             background level of underwater sound                    combination of the four general                       a stress response diverts energy away
                                             is high (e.g., on a day with strong wind                biological defense responses: Behavioral              from growth in young animals, those
                                             and high waves), an anthropogenic                       responses, autonomic nervous system                   animals may experience stunted growth.
                                             sound source would not be detectable as                 responses, neuroendocrine responses, or               When mounting a stress response
                                             far away as would be possible under                     immune responses.                                     diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
                                             quieter conditions and would itself be                     In the case of many stressors, an                  reproductive success and its fitness will
                                             masked. Ambient sound is highly                         animal’s first and sometimes most                     suffer. In these cases, the animals will
                                             variable on continental shelves                         economical (in terms of biotic costs)                 have entered a pre-pathological or
                                             (Myrberg 1978; Desharnais et al., 1999).                response is behavioral avoidance of the               pathological state which is called
                                             This results in a high degree of                                                                              ‘‘distress’’ (Seyle 1950) or ‘‘allostatic
                                                                                                     potential stressor or avoidance of
                                             variability in the range at which marine                                                                      loading’’ (McEwen and Wingfield 2003).
                                                                                                     continued exposure to a stressor. An
                                             mammals can detect anthropogenic                                                                              This pathological state will last until the
                                                                                                     animal’s second line of defense to
                                             sounds.                                                                                                       animal replenishes its biotic reserves
                                                Although masking is a phenomenon                     stressors involves the sympathetic part
                                                                                                                                                           sufficient to restore normal function.
                                             which may occur naturally, the                          of the autonomic nervous system and
                                                                                                                                                           Note that these examples involved a
                                             introduction of loud anthropogenic                      the classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response
                                                                                                                                                           long-term (days or weeks) stress
                                             sounds into the marine environment at                   which includes the cardiovascular
                                                                                                                                                           response exposure to stimuli.
                                             frequencies important to marine                         system, the gastrointestinal system, the                 Relationships between these
                                             mammals increases the severity and                      exocrine glands, and the adrenal                      physiological mechanisms, animal
                                             frequency of occurrence of masking. For                 medulla to produce changes in heart                   behavior, and the costs of stress
                                             example, if a baleen whale is exposed to                rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal            responses have also been documented
                                             continuous low-frequency sound from                     activity that humans commonly                         fairly well through controlled
                                             an industrial source, this would reduce                 associate with ‘‘stress.’’ These responses            experiments; because this physiology
                                             the size of the area around that whale                  have a relatively short duration and may              exists in every vertebrate that has been
                                             within which it can hear the calls of                   or may not have significant long-term                 studied, it is not surprising that stress
                                             another whale. The components of                        effect on an animal’s welfare.                        responses and their costs have been
                                             background noise that are similar in                       An animal’s third line of defense to               documented in both laboratory and free-
                                             frequency to the signal in question                     stressors involves its neuroendocrine                 living animals (for examples see,
                                             primarily determine the degree of                       systems; the system that has received                 Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
                                             masking of that signal. In general, little              the most study has been the                           Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
                                             is known about the degree to which                      hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal system                 2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
                                             marine mammals rely upon detection of                   (also known as the HPA axis in                        et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
                                             sounds from conspecifics, predators,                    mammals). Unlike stress responses                     2000). Information has also been
                                             prey, or other natural sources. In the                  associated with the autonomic nervous                 collected on the physiological responses
                                             absence of specific information about                   system, virtually all neuro-endocrine                 of marine mammals to exposure to
                                             the importance of detecting these                       functions that are affected by stress—                anthropogenic sounds (Fair and Becker
                                             natural sounds, it is not possible to                   including immune competence,                          2000; Romano et al., 2002). For
                                             predict the impact of masking on marine                 reproduction, metabolism, and                         example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
                                             mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). In                   behavior—are regulated by pituitary                   that noise reduction from reduced ship
                                             general, masking effects are expected to                hormones. Stress-induced changes in                   traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
                                             be less severe when sounds are transient                the secretion of pituitary hormones have              associated with decreased stress in
                                             than when they are continuous.                          been implicated in failed reproduction                North Atlantic right whales.
                                             Masking is typically of greater concern                 (Moberg 1987; Rivier 1995), altered                      Studies of other marine animals and
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             for those marine mammals that utilize                   metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),                    terrestrial animals would also lead us to
                                             low-frequency communications, such as                   reduced immune competence (Blecha                     expect some marine mammals to
                                             baleen whales, because of how far low-                  2000), and behavioral disturbance.                    experience physiological stress
                                             frequency sounds propagate.                             Increases in the circulation of                       responses and, perhaps, physiological
                                                Marine mammal communications                         glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,                       responses that would be classified as
                                             would not likely be masked appreciably                  corticosterone, and aldosterone in                    ‘‘distress’’ upon exposure to high
                                             by the sub-bottom profiler signals given                marine mammals; see Romano et al.,                    frequency, mid-frequency and low-


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19722                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             frequency sounds. For example, Jansen                   auditory effects can be expected                      sensitization, when an unpleasant
                                             (1998) reported on the relationship                     (Southall et al., 2007). There is no                  experience leads to subsequent
                                             between acoustic exposures and                          definitive evidence that any of these                 responses, often in the form of
                                             physiological responses that are                        effects occur even for marine mammals                 avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
                                             indicative of stress responses in humans                in close proximity to an anthropogenic                As noted, behavioral state may affect the
                                             (for example, elevated respiration and                  sound source. In addition, marine                     type of response. For example, animals
                                             increased heart rates). Jones (1998)                    mammals that show behavioral                          that are resting may show greater
                                             reported on reductions in human                         avoidance of survey vessels and related               behavioral change in response to
                                             performance when faced with acute,                      sound sources are unlikely to incur non-              disturbing sound levels than animals
                                             repetitive exposures to acoustic                        auditory impairment or other physical                 that are highly motivated to remain in
                                             disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)                      effects. NMFS does not expect that the                an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
                                             reported on the physiological stress                    generally short-term, intermittent, and               1995; NRC 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
                                             responses of osprey to low-level aircraft               transitory HRG and geotechnical                       Controlled experiments with captive
                                             noise while Krausman et al. (2004)                      activities would create conditions of                 marine mammals have shown
                                             reported on the auditory and physiology                 long-term, continuous noise and chronic               pronounced behavioral reactions,
                                             stress responses of endangered Sonoran                  acoustic exposure leading to long-term                including avoidance of loud sound
                                             pronghorn to military overflights. Smith                physiological stress responses in marine              sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran
                                             et al. (2004a, 2004b), for example,                     mammals.                                              et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild
                                             identified noise-induced physiological                                                                        marine mammals to loud, pulsed sound
                                                                                                     Behavioral Disturbance
                                             transient stress responses in hearing-                                                                        sources (typically seismic airguns or
                                             specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that                      Behavioral disturbance may include a               acoustic harassment devices) have been
                                             accompanied short- and long-term                        variety of effects, including subtle                  varied but often consist of avoidance
                                             hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970)                  changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief             behavior or other behavioral changes
                                             reported physiological and behavioral                   avoidance of an area or changes in                    suggesting discomfort (Morton and
                                             stress responses that accompanied                       vocalizations), more conspicuous                      Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et
                                             damage to the inner ears of fish and                    changes in similar behavioral activities,             al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
                                             several mammals.                                        and more sustained and/or potentially
                                                                                                                                                              Available studies show wide variation
                                                Hearing is one of the primary senses                 severe reactions, such as displacement
                                                                                                                                                           in response to underwater sound;
                                             marine mammals use to gather                            from or abandonment of high-quality
                                                                                                     habitat. Behavioral responses to sound                therefore, it is difficult to predict
                                             information about their environment
                                                                                                     are highly variable and context-specific              specifically how any given sound in a
                                             and to communicate with conspecifics.
                                                                                                     and any reactions depend on numerous                  particular instance might affect marine
                                             Although empirical information on the
                                                                                                     intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,                mammals perceiving the signal. If a
                                             relationship between sensory
                                                                                                     species, state of maturity, experience,               marine mammal does react briefly to an
                                             impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic
                                                                                                     current activity, reproductive state,                 underwater sound by changing its
                                             masking) on marine mammals remains
                                                                                                     auditory sensitivity, time of day), as                behavior or moving a small distance, the
                                             limited, it seems reasonable to assume
                                                                                                     well as the interplay between factors                 impacts of the change are unlikely to be
                                             that reducing an animal’s ability to
                                                                                                     (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et            significant to the individual, let alone
                                             gather information about its
                                                                                                     al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,           the stock or population. However, if a
                                             environment and to communicate with
                                             other members of its species would be                   2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral                sound source displaces marine
                                             stressful for animals that use hearing as               reactions can vary not only among                     mammals from an important feeding or
                                             their primary sensory mechanism.                        individuals but also within an                        breeding area for a prolonged period,
                                             Therefore, we assume that acoustic                      individual, depending on previous                     impacts on individuals and populations
                                             exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS               experience with a sound source,                       could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
                                             or TTS would be accompanied by                          context, and numerous other factors                   Bejder, 2007; Weilgart 2007; NRC 2005).
                                             physiological stress responses because                  (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary                  However, there are broad categories of
                                             terrestrial animals exhibit those                       depending on characteristics associated               potential response, which we describe
                                             responses under similar conditions                      with the sound source (e.g., whether it               in greater detail here, that include
                                             (NRC 2003). More importantly, marine                    is moving or stationary, number of                    alteration of dive behavior, alteration of
                                             mammals might experience stress                         sources, distance from the source).                   foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
                                             responses at received levels lower than                 Please see Appendices B–C of Southall                 interference with or alteration of
                                             those necessary to trigger onset TTS.                   et al. (2007) for a review of studies                 vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
                                             Based on empirical studies of the time                  involving marine mammal behavioral                       Changes in dive behavior can vary
                                             required to recover from stress                         responses to sound.                                   widely and may consist of increased or
                                             responses (Moberg 2000), we also                           Habituation can occur when an                      decreased dive times and surface
                                             assume that stress responses are likely                 animal’s response to a stimulus wanes                 intervals as well as changes in the rates
                                             to persist beyond the time interval                     with repeated exposure, usually in the                of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
                                             required for animals to recover from                    absence of unpleasant associated events               Frankel and Clark 2000; Costa et al.,
                                             TTS and might result in pathological                    (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most              2003; Ng and Leung 2003; Nowacek et
                                             and pre-pathological states that would                  likely to habituate to sounds that are                al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b).
                                             be as significant as behavioral responses               predictable and unvarying. It is                      Variations in dive behavior may reflect
                                             to TTS.                                                 important to note that habituation is                 interruptions in biologically significant
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                                In general, there are few data on the                appropriately considered as a                         activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be
                                             potential for strong, anthropogenic                     ‘‘progressive reduction in response to                of little biological significance. The
                                             underwater sounds to cause non-                         stimuli that are perceived as neither                 impact of an alteration to dive behavior
                                             auditory physical effects in marine                     aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,            resulting from an acoustic exposure
                                             mammals. The available data do not                      more generally, moderation in response                depends on what the animal is doing at
                                             allow identification of a specific                      to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,                  the time of the exposure and the type
                                             exposure level above which non-                         2009). The opposite process is                        and magnitude of the response.


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                             19723

                                                Disruption of feeding behavior can be                production of aversive signals (Bowles                of fitness (e.g., decline in body
                                             difficult to correlate with anthropogenic               et al., 1994).                                        condition) and subsequent reduction in
                                             sound exposure, so it is usually inferred                  Avoidance is the displacement of an                reproductive success, survival, or both
                                             by observed displacement from known                     individual from an area or migration                  (e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
                                             foraging areas, the appearance of                       path as a result of the presence of a                 et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
                                             secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets                 sound or other stressors, and is one of               However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
                                             or sediment plumes), or changes in dive                 the most obvious manifestations of                    that increased vigilance in bottlenose
                                             behavior. As for other types of                         disturbance in marine mammals                         dolphins exposed to sound over a five-
                                             behavioral response, the frequency,                     (Richardson et al., 1995). For example,               day period did not cause any sleep
                                             duration, and temporal pattern of signal                gray whales are known to change                       deprivation or stress effects.
                                             presentation, as well as differences in                 direction—deflecting from customary                      Many animals perform vital functions,
                                             species sensitivity, are likely                         migratory paths—in order to avoid noise               such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
                                             contributing factors to differences in                  from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,                   socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
                                             response in any given circumstance                      1984). Avoidance may be short-term,                   cycle). Disruption of such functions
                                             (e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;              with animals returning to the area once               resulting from reactions to stressors
                                             2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et                  the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,            such as sound exposure are more likely
                                             al., 2007). A determination of whether                  1994; Goold 1996; Stone et al., 2000;                 to be significant if they last more than
                                             foraging disruptions incur fitness                      Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et                   one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
                                             consequences would require                              al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is               days (Southall et al., 2007).
                                             information on or estimates of the                      possible, however, which may lead to                  Consequently, a behavioral response
                                             energetic requirements of the affected                  changes in abundance or distribution                  lasting less than one day and not
                                             individuals and the relationship                        patterns of the affected species in the               recurring on subsequent days is not
                                             between prey availability, foraging effort              affected region if habituation to the                 considered particularly severe unless it
                                             and success, and the life history stage of              presence of the sound does not occur                  could directly affect reproduction or
                                             the animal.                                             (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,         survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
                                                Variations in respiration naturally                  2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).                         there is a difference between multi-day
                                             vary with different behaviors and                          A flight response is a dramatic change             substantive behavioral reactions and
                                             alterations to breathing rate as a                      in normal movement to a directed and                  multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
                                             function of acoustic exposure can be                    rapid movement away from the                          example, just because an activity lasts
                                             expected to co-occur with other                         perceived location of a sound source.                 for multiple days does not necessarily
                                             behavioral reactions, such as a flight                  The flight response differs from other                mean that individual animals are either
                                             response or an alteration in diving.                    avoidance responses in the intensity of               exposed to activity-related stressors for
                                             However, respiration rates in and of                    the response (e.g., directed movement,                multiple days or, further, exposed in a
                                             themselves may be representative of                     rate of travel). Relatively little                    manner resulting in sustained multi-day
                                             annoyance or an acute stress response.                  information on flight responses of                    substantive behavioral responses.
                                             Various studies have shown that                         marine mammals to anthropogenic                          Marine mammals are likely to avoid
                                             respiration rates may either be                         signals exist, although observations of               the HRG survey activity, especially the
                                             unaffected or could increase, depending                 flight responses to the presence of                   naturally shy harbor porpoise, while the
                                             on the species and signal characteristics,              predators have occurred (Connor and                   harbor seals might be attracted to them
                                             again highlighting the importance in                    Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight               out of curiosity. However, because the
                                             understanding species differences in the                response could range from brief,                      sub-bottom profilers and other HRG
                                             tolerance of underwater noise when                      temporary exertion and displacement                   survey equipment operate from a
                                             determining the potential for impacts                   from the area where the signal provokes               moving vessel, and the maximum radius
                                             resulting from anthropogenic sound                      flight to, in extreme cases, marine                   to the Level B harassment threshold is
                                             exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,                 mammal strandings (Evans and                          relatively small, the area and time that
                                             2005b, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007).                      England, 2001). However, it should be                 this equipment would be affecting a
                                                Marine mammals vocalize for                          noted that response to a perceived                    given location is very small. Further,
                                             different purposes and across multiple                  predator does not necessarily invoke                  once an area has been surveyed, it is not
                                             modes, such as whistling, echolocation                  flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008) and                    likely that it will be surveyed again,
                                             click production, calling, and singing.                 whether individuals are solitary or in                thereby reducing the likelihood of
                                             Changes in vocalization behavior in                     groups may influence the response.                    repeated HRG-related impacts within
                                             response to anthropogenic noise can                        Behavioral disturbance can also                    the survey area.
                                             occur for any of these modes and may                    impact marine mammals in more subtle                     We have also considered the potential
                                             result from a need to compete with an                   ways. Increased vigilance may result in               for severe behavioral responses such as
                                             increase in background noise or may                     costs related to diversion of focus and               stranding and associated indirect injury
                                             reflect increased vigilance or a startle                attention (i.e., when a response consists             or mortality from DWW’s use of HRG
                                             response. For example, in the presence                  of increased vigilance, it may come at                survey equipment, on the basis of a
                                             of potentially masking signals,                         the cost of decreased attention to other              2008 mass stranding of approximately
                                             humpback whales and killer whales                       critical behaviors such as foraging or                100 melon-headed whales in a
                                             have been observed to increase the                      resting). These effects have generally not            Madagascar lagoon system. An
                                             length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;             been demonstrated for marine                          investigation of the event indicated that
                                             Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),             mammals, but studies involving fish                   use of a high-frequency mapping system
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             while right whales have been observed                   and terrestrial animals have shown that               (12-kHz multibeam echosounder) was
                                             to shift the frequency content of their                 increased vigilance may substantially                 the most plausible and likely initial
                                             calls upward while reducing the rate of                 reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp                 behavioral trigger of the event, while
                                             calling in areas of increased                           and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;               providing the caveat that there is no
                                             anthropogenic noise (Parks et al.,                      Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,               unequivocal and easily identifiable
                                             2007b). In some cases, animals may                      chronic disturbance can cause                         single cause (Southall et al., 2013). The
                                             cease sound production during                           population declines through reduction                 investigatory panel’s conclusion was


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19724                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             based on (1) very close temporal and                    acoustic systems used for scientific and                 The most vulnerable marine mammals
                                             spatial association and directed                        navigational purposes worldwide on a                  are those that spend extended periods of
                                             movement of the survey with the                         daily basis and the lack of direct                    time at the surface in order to restore
                                             stranding event; (2) the unusual nature                 evidence of such responses previously                 oxygen levels within their tissues after
                                             of such an event coupled with                           reported.                                             deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In
                                             previously documented apparent                                                                                addition, some baleen whales, such as
                                                                                                     Tolerance
                                             behavioral sensitivity of the species to                                                                      the North Atlantic right whale, seem
                                             other sound types (Southall et al., 2006;                  Numerous studies have shown that                   generally unresponsive to vessel sound,
                                             Brownell et al., 2009); and (3) the fact                underwater sounds from industrial                     making them more susceptible to vessel
                                             that all other possible factors considered              activities are often readily detectable by            collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These
                                             were determined to be unlikely causes.                  marine mammals in the water at                        species are primarily large, slow moving
                                             Specifically, regarding survey patterns                 distances of many km. However, other                  whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g.,
                                             prior to the event and in relation to                   studies have shown that marine                        bottlenose dolphin) move quickly
                                             bathymetry, the vessel transited in a                   mammals at distances more than a few                  through the water column and are often
                                                                                                     km away often show no apparent                        seen riding the bow wave of large ships.
                                             north-south direction on the shelf break
                                                                                                     response to industrial activities of                  Marine mammal responses to vessels
                                             parallel to the shore, ensonifying large
                                                                                                     various types (Miller et al., 2005). This             may include avoidance and changes in
                                             areas of deep-water habitat prior to
                                                                                                     is often true even in cases when the                  dive pattern (NRC 2003).
                                             operating intermittently in a
                                                                                                     sounds must be readily audible to the                    An examination of all known ship
                                             concentrated area offshore from the
                                                                                                     animals based on measured received                    strikes from all shipping sources
                                             stranding site; this may have trapped                   levels and the hearing sensitivity of that            (civilian and military) indicates vessel
                                             the animals between the sound source                    mammal group. Although various                        speed is a principal factor in whether a
                                             and the shore, thus driving them                        baleen whales, toothed whales, and (less              vessel strike results in death (Knowlton
                                             towards the lagoon system. The                          frequently) pinnipeds have been shown                 and Kraus 2001; Laist et al., 2001;
                                             investigatory panel systematically                      to react behaviorally to underwater                   Jensen and Silber 2003; Vanderlaan and
                                             excluded or deemed highly unlikely                      sound from sources such as airgun                     Taggart 2007). In assessing records with
                                             nearly all potential reasons for these                  pulses or vessels under some                          known vessel speeds, Laist et al. (2001)
                                             animals leaving their typical pelagic                   conditions, at other times, mammals of                found a direct relationship between the
                                             habitat for an area extremely atypical for              all three types have shown no overt                   occurrence of a whale strike and the
                                             the species (i.e., a shallow lagoon                     reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986;                  speed of the vessel involved in the
                                             system). Notably, this was the first time               Richardson et al., 1995; Madsen and                   collision. The authors concluded that
                                             that such a system has been associated                  Mohl 2000; Croll et al., 2001; Jacobs and             most deaths occurred when a vessel was
                                             with a stranding event. The panel also                  Terhune 2002; Madsen et al., 2002;                    traveling in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9
                                             noted several site- and situation-specific              Miller et al., 2005). In general,                     mph; 13 knots (kn)). Given the slow
                                             secondary factors that may have                         pinnipeds seem to be more tolerant of                 vessel speeds and predictable course
                                             contributed to the avoidance responses                  exposure to some types of underwater                  necessary for data acquisition, ship
                                             that led to the eventual entrapment and                 sound than are baleen whales.                         strike is unlikely to occur during the
                                             mortality of the whales. Specifically,                  Richardson et al. (1995) found that                   geophysical and geotechnical surveys.
                                             shoreward-directed surface currents and                 vessel sound does not seem to affect                  Marine mammals would be able to
                                             elevated chlorophyll levels in the area                 pinnipeds that are already in the water.              easily avoid the survey vessel due to the
                                             preceding the event may have played a                   Richardson et al. (1995) went on to                   slow vessel speed. Further, DWW would
                                             role (Southall et al., 2013). The report                explain that seals on haul-outs                       implement measures (e.g., protected
                                             also notes that prior use of a similar                  sometimes respond strongly to the                     species monitoring, vessel speed
                                             system in the general area may have                     presence of vessels and at other times                restrictions and separation distances;
                                             sensitized the animals and also                         appear to show considerable tolerance                 see Proposed Mitigation) set forth in the
                                             concluded that, for odontocete                          of vessels, and Brueggeman et al. (1992)              BOEM lease to reduce the risk of a
                                             cetaceans that hear well in higher                      observed ringed seals (Pusa hispida)                  vessel strike to marine mammal species
                                             frequency ranges where ambient noise is                 hauled out on ice pans displaying short-              in the survey area.
                                             typically quite low, high-power active                  term escape reactions when a ship
                                             sonars operating in this range may be                   approached within 0.16–0.31 miles                     Marine Mammal Habitat
                                             more easily audible and have potential                  (0.25–0.5 km). Due to the relatively high               The HRG survey equipment will not
                                             effects over larger areas than low                      vessel traffic in the Lease Area it is                contact the seafloor and does not
                                             frequency systems that have more                        possible that marine mammals are                      represent a source of pollution. We are
                                             typically been considered in terms of                   habituated to noise (e.g., DP thrusters)              not aware of any available literature on
                                             anthropogenic noise impacts. It is,                     from project vessels in the area.                     impacts to marine mammal prey from
                                             however, important to note that the                                                                           sound produced by HRG survey
                                             relatively lower output frequency,                      Vessel Strike                                         equipment. However, as the HRG survey
                                             higher output power, and complex                          Ship strikes of marine mammals can                  equipment introduces noise to the
                                             nature of the system implicated in this                 cause major wounds, which may lead to                 marine environment, there is the
                                             event, in context of the other factors                  the death of the animal. An animal at                 potential for it to result in avoidance of
                                             noted here, likely produced a fairly                    the surface could be struck directly by               the area around the HRG survey
                                             unusual set of circumstances that                       a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit                activities on the part of marine mammal
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             indicate that such events would likely                  the bottom of a vessel, or a vessel’s                 prey. Any avoidance of the area on the
                                             remain rare and are not necessarily                     propeller could injure an animal just                 part of marine mammal prey would be
                                             relevant to use of lower-power, higher-                 below the surface. The severity of                    expected to be short term and
                                             frequency systems more commonly used                    injuries typically depends on the size                temporary.
                                             for HRG survey applications. The risk of                and speed of the vessel (Knowlton and                   Because of the temporary nature of
                                             similar events recurring may be very                    Kraus 2001; Laist et al., 2001;                       the disturbance, and the availability of
                                             low, given the extensive use of active                  Vanderlaan and Taggart 2007).                         similar habitat and resources (e.g., prey


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00045   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                                                        19725

                                             species) in the surrounding area, the                      anticipated or proposed to be authorized                             behaviorally harassed when exposed to
                                             impacts to marine mammals and the                          for this activity. Below we describe how                             underwater anthropogenic noise above
                                             food sources that they utilize are not                     the take is estimated for this project.                              received levels 160 dB re 1 mPa (RMS)
                                             expected to cause significant or long-                       Described in the most basic way, we                                for non-explosive impulsive (e.g.,
                                             term consequences for individual                           estimate take by considering: (1)                                    seismic HRG equipment) or intermittent
                                             marine mammals or their populations.                       Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS                                 (e.g., scientific sonar) sources. DWW’s
                                             Impacts on marine mammal habitat                           believes the best available science                                  proposed activity includes the use of
                                             from the proposed activities will be                       indicates marine mammals will be                                     impulsive sources. Therefore, the 160
                                             temporary, insignificant, and                              behaviorally harassed or incur some                                  dB re 1 mPa (RMS) criteria is applicable
                                             discountable.                                              degree of permanent hearing                                          for analysis of Level B harassment.
                                                                                                        impairment; (2) the area or volume of                                   Level A Harassment—NMFS’
                                             Estimated Take                                             water that will be ensonified above                                  Technical Guidance for Assessing the
                                                This section provides an estimate of                    these levels in a day; (3) the density or                            Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
                                             the number of incidental takes proposed                    occurrence of marine mammals within                                  Marine Mammal Hearing (NMFS 2016)
                                             for authorization through this IHA,                        these ensonified areas; and, (4) and the                             identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
                                             which will inform both NMFS’                               number of days of activities. Below, we                              injury (Level A harassment) to five
                                             consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and                     describe these components in more                                    different marine mammal groups (based
                                             the negligible impact determination.                       detail and present the proposed take
                                                Harassment is the only type of take                                                                                          on hearing sensitivity) as a result of
                                                                                                        estimate.                                                            exposure to noise from two different
                                             expected to result from these activities.
                                             Except with respect to certain activities                  Acoustic Thresholds                                                  types of sources (impulsive or non-
                                             not pertinent here, the MMPA defines                          NMFS uses acoustic thresholds that                                impulsive). The Technical Guidance
                                             ‘‘harassment’’ as any act of pursuit,                      identify the received level of                                       identifies the received levels, or
                                             torment, or annoyance which (i) has the                    underwater sound above which exposed                                 thresholds, above which individual
                                             potential to injure a marine mammal or                     marine mammals would be reasonably                                   marine mammals are predicted to
                                             marine mammal stock in the wild (Level                     expected to be behaviorally harassed                                 experience changes in their hearing
                                             A harassment); or (ii) has the potential                   (equated to Level B harassment) or to                                sensitivity for all underwater
                                             to disturb a marine mammal or marine                       incur PTS of some degree (equated to                                 anthropogenic sound sources, reflects
                                             mammal stock in the wild by causing                        Level A harassment).                                                 the best available science, and better
                                             disruption of behavioral patterns,                            Level B Harassment—Though                                         predicts the potential for auditory injury
                                             including, but not limited to, migration,                  significantly driven by received level,                              than does NMFS’ historical criteria.
                                             breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or                  the onset of behavioral disturbance from                                These thresholds were developed by
                                             sheltering (Level B harassment).                           anthropogenic noise exposure is also                                 compiling and synthesizing the best
                                                Authorized takes would be by Level B                    informed to varying degrees by other                                 available science and soliciting input
                                             harassment, as use of the HRG                              factors related to the sound source (e.g.,                           multiple times from both the public and
                                             equipment has the potential to result in                   frequency, predictability, duty cycle);                              peer reviewers to inform the final
                                             disruption of behavioral patterns for                      the environment (e.g., bathymetry); and                              product, and are provided in Table 3
                                             individual marine mammals. NMFS has                        the receiving animals (hearing,                                      below. The references, analysis, and
                                             determined take by Level A harassment                      motivation, experience, demography,                                  methodology used in the development
                                             is not an expected outcome of the                          behavioral context); therefore can be                                of the thresholds are described in NMFS
                                             proposed activity and thus we do not                       difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007,                         2016 Technical Guidance, which may
                                             propose to authorize the take of any                       Ellison et al. 2012). NMFS uses a                                    be accessed at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
                                             marine mammals by Level A                                  generalized acoustic threshold based on                              acoustics/guidelines.htm. As described
                                             harassment. This is discussed in greater                   received level to estimate the onset of                              above, DWW’s proposed activity
                                             detail below. As described previously,                     Level B (behavioral) harassment. NMFS                                includes the use of intermittent and
                                             no mortality or serious injury is                          predicts that marine mammals may be                                  impulsive sources.

                                                        TABLE 3—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT IN MARINE MAMMALS
                                                                                                                                                                     PTS onset thresholds
                                                                         Hearing group
                                                                                                                                                              Impulsive *                                           Non-impulsive

                                             Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans .............................................   Lpk,flat:   219   dB;   LE,LF,24h: 183 dB ...........................................   LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                             Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans .............................................   Lpk,flat:   230   dB;   LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ..........................................    LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                             High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans ............................................   Lpk,flat:   202   dB;   LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ...........................................   LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                             Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .....................................     Lpk,flat:   218   dB;   LE,PW,24h: 185 dB ..........................................    LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                                Note: *Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-
                                             impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds
                                             should also be considered.
                                                Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
                                             In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
                                             is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
                                             with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
                                             cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
                                             thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
                                             action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.




                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:16 May 03, 2018    Jkt 244001   PO 00000    Frm 00046     Fmt 4703        Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM           04MYN1


                                             19726                                       Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             Ensonified Area                                                           Predicted distances to Level A                                       harassment for all marine mammal
                                               Here, we describe operational and                                    harassment isopleths, which vary based                                  functional hearing groups; therefore, to
                                             environmental parameters of the activity                               on marine mammal functional hearing                                     be conservative, the isopleths modeled
                                             that will feed into estimating the area                                groups (Table 5), were also calculated.                                 for the AA Dura Spark were used to
                                             ensonified above the acoustic                                          The updated acoustic thresholds for                                     estimate potential Level A take. Based
                                             thresholds.                                                            impulsive sounds (such as HRG survey                                    on a conservative assumption that the
                                               The proposed survey would entail the                                 equipment) contained in the Technical                                   AA Dura Spark would be operated at
                                             use of HRG survey equipment. The                                       Guidance (NMFS, 2016) were presented                                    1,000 joules during the survey, a peak
                                             distance to the isopleth corresponding                                 as dual metric acoustic thresholds using                                source level of 223 dB re 1mPa was used
                                             to the threshold for Level B harassment                                both cumulative sound exposure level
                                                                                                                                                                                            for modeling Level A harassment
                                             was calculated for all HRG survey                                      (SELcum) and peak sound pressure level
                                                                                                                                                                                            isopleths based on peak pressure
                                             equipment with the potential to result                                 metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS
                                                                                                                    considers onset of PTS (Level A                                         (Crocker & Fratantonio, 2016). Inputs to
                                             in harassment of marine mammals using                                                                                                          the NMFS optional User Spreadsheet for
                                             the spherical transmission loss (TL)                                   harassment) to have occurred when
                                                                                                                    either one of the two metrics is                                        the AA Dura Spark are shown in Table
                                             equation: TL = 20log10γ. Results of                                                                                                            5. Modeled distances to isopleths
                                             modeling indicated that, of the HRG                                    exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the
                                                                                                                    largest isopleth).                                                      corresponding to Level A harassment
                                             survey equipment planned for use that
                                             has the potential to result in harassment                                 The SELcum metric considers both                                     thresholds for the AA Dura Spark are
                                             of marine mammals, the AA Dura-Spark                                   level and duration of exposure, as well                                 shown in Table 6 (modeled distances to
                                             would be expected to produce sound                                     as auditory weighting functions by                                      Level A harassment isopleths for all
                                             that would propagate the furthest in the                               marine mammal hearing group. In                                         other types of HRG equipment planned
                                             water (Table 4); therefore, for the                                    recognition of the fact that calculating                                for use are shown in Table 6 of the IHA
                                             purposes of the take calculation, it was                               Level A harassment ensonified areas                                     application). As described above, NMFS
                                             assumed the AA Dura-Spark would be                                     could be more technically challenging                                   considers onset of PTS (Level A
                                             active during the entirety of the survey.                              to predict due to the duration                                          harassment) to have occurred when
                                             Thus the distance to the isopleth                                      component and the use of weighting                                      either one of the two metrics is
                                             corresponding to the threshold for Level                               functions in the new SELcum thresholds,                                 exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the
                                             B harassment for the AA Dura-Spark                                     NMFS developed an optional User                                         largest isopleth).
                                             (estimated at 447 m; Table 4) was used                                 Spreadsheet that includes tools to help
                                             as the basis of the Level B take                                       predict a simple isopleth that can be                                     TABLE 5—INPUTS TO THE NMFS OP-
                                             calculation for all marine mammals.                                    used in conjunction with marine
                                                                                                                                                                                               TIONAL USER SPREADSHEET FOR
                                                                                                                    mammal density or occurrence to
                                                                                                                                                                                               THE AA DURA SPARK
                                                TABLE 4—MODELED RADIAL DIS-                                         facilitate the estimation of take
                                                TANCES FROM HRG SURVEY EQUIP-                                       numbers. DWW used the NMFS                                              Source Level (RMS SPL) 1 ..........               213 dB re 1μPa.
                                                                                                                    optional User Spreadsheet to calculate
                                                MENT    TO   ISOPLETHS   COR-                                                                                                               Source Level (peak) 1 ..................          223 dB re 1μPa.
                                                                                                                    distances to Level A harassment                                         Weighting Factor Adjustment                       3.2.
                                                RESPONDING TO LEVEL B HARASS-
                                                                                                                    isopleths based on SELcum. To calculate                                   (kHz) 1.
                                                MENT THRESHOLD                                                      distances to the Level A harassment                                     Source Velocity (meters/second)                   2.07.
                                                                                                                    isopleths based on peak pressure, the                                   Pulse Duration (seconds) ............             0.0021.
                                                                                                 Radial                                                                                     1/Repetition rate (seconds) ..........            2.42.
                                                                                             distance (m)           spherical spreading loss model was
                                                                                                                                                                                            Duty Cycle ....................................   0.00.
                                                                                              to Level B            used (similar to the method used to
                                                         HRG system                          harassment             calculate Level B isopleths as described                                  1 Derived from Crocker & Fratantonio (2016),
                                                                                               threshold            above).                                                                 based on operation at 1,000 joules.
                                                                                                (160 dB                Modeling of distances to isopleths
                                                                                               re 1 μPa)
                                                                                                                    corresponding to Level A harassment
                                             TB Chirp ...............................                   70.79       was performed for all types of HRG
                                             EdgeTech Chirp ....................                         6.31       equipment planned for use with the
                                             AA Boomer ...........................                       5.62       potential to result in harassment of
                                             AA S-Boom ...........................                     141.25       marine mammals. Of the HRG
                                             Bubble Gun ...........................                      63.1       equipment types modeled, the AA Dura
                                             800J Spark ...........................                    141.25
                                             AA Dura Spark .....................                       446.69
                                                                                                                    Spark resulted in the largest distances to
                                                                                                                    isopleths corresponding to Level A

                                                    TABLE 6—MODELED RADIAL DISTANCES TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Radial                     Radial
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    distance (m)               distance (m)
                                                                                                        Functional hearing group                                                                                     to Level A                 to Level A
                                                                                                     (Level A harassment thresholds)                                                                                harassment                 harassment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      threshold                  threshold
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (SELcum)                (Peak SPLflat)

                                             Low frequency cetaceans ........................................................................................................................................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB) ..........................................................................................................................                        1.3                  1.6
                                             Mid frequency cetaceans .........................................................................................................................................
                                             (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB) .........................................................................................................................                         0.0                  0.0
                                             High frequency cetaceans .......................................................................................................................................
                                             (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB) ..........................................................................................................................                        8.6                11.2
                                             Phocid Pinnipeds (Underwater) ...............................................................................................................................
                                             (Lpk,flat: 218 dB; LE,HF,24h: 185 dB) ..........................................................................................................................                        0.7                  1.8



                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:16 May 03, 2018        Jkt 244001      PO 00000      Frm 00047       Fmt 4703      Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM             04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                           19727

                                                Due to the small estimated distances                 1992–2014. Roberts et al. (2016)                      the HRG survey equipment predicted to
                                             to Level A harassment thresholds for all                modeled density from 8 physiographic                  be ensonified to sound levels that
                                             marine mammal functional hearing                        and 16 dynamic oceanographic and                      exceed harassment thresholds. The area
                                             groups, based on both SELcum and peak                   biological covariates, and controlled for             estimated to be ensonified to relevant
                                             SPL (Table 6), and in consideration of                  the influence of sea state, group size,               thresholds in a single day of the survey
                                             the proposed mitigation measures (see                   availability bias, and perception bias on             is then calculated, based on areas
                                             the Proposed Mitigation section for                     the probability of making a sighting.                 predicted to be ensonified around the
                                             more detail), NMFS has determined that                  NMFS considers the models produced                    HRG survey equipment and the
                                             the likelihood of Level A take of marine                by Roberts et al. (2016) to be the best               estimated trackline distance traveled per
                                             mammals occurring as a result of the                    available source of data regarding                    day by the survey vessel. DWW
                                             proposed survey is so low as to be                      cetacean densities for this project. More             estimates a maximum daily track line
                                             discountable.                                           information, including the model results              distance of 110 km per day during HRG
                                                We note that because of some of the                  and supplementary information for each                surveys. Based on the maximum
                                             assumptions included in the methods                     model, is available online at:                        estimated distance to the Level B
                                             used, isopleths produced may be                         seamap.env.duke.edu/models/Duke-EC-                   harassment threshold of 447 m (Table 4)
                                             overestimates to some degree. Most of                   GOM-2015/.                                            and the maximum estimated daily track
                                             the acoustic sources proposed for use in                   For the purposes of the take
                                                                                                                                                           line distance of 110 km, an area of 98.9
                                             DWW’s survey (including the AA Dura-                    calculations, density data from Roberts
                                                                                                                                                           km2 would be ensonified to the Level B
                                             Spark) do not radiate sound equally in                  et al. (2016) were mapped using a
                                                                                                                                                           harassment threshold per day during
                                             all directions but were designed instead                geographic information system (GIS),
                                                                                                                                                           HRG surveys.
                                             to focus acoustic energy directly toward                using density data for the months June
                                             the sea floor. Therefore, the acoustic                  through December. Mean density per                       The number of marine mammals
                                             energy produced by these sources is not                 month for each species within the                     expected to be incidentally taken per
                                             received equally in all directions around               survey area was calculated by selecting               day is then calculated by estimating the
                                             the source but is instead concentrated                  13 random raster cells selected from 100              number of each species predicted to
                                             along some narrower plane depending                     km2 raster cells that were inside, or                 occur within the daily ensonified area,
                                             on the beamwidth of the source.                         adjacent to, the RI–MA WEA (see Figure                using estimated marine mammal
                                             However, the calculated distances to                    1 in the IHA application). Estimates                  densities as described above. Estimated
                                             isopleths do not account for this                       provided by the models are based on a                 numbers of each species taken per day
                                             directionality of the sound source and                  grid cell size of 100 km2; therefore,                 are then multiplied by the number of
                                             are therefore conservative. Two types of                model grid cell values were then                      survey days (i.e., 200), and the product
                                             geophysical survey equipment planned                    divided by 100 to determine animals per               is then rounded, to generate an estimate
                                             for use in the proposed survey are omni-                square km.                                            of the total number of each species
                                             directional (Table 1), however the                         Systematic, offshore, at-sea survey                expected to be taken over the duration
                                             modeled distances to isopleths                          data for pinnipeds are more limited than              of the survey (Table 7).
                                             corresponding to the Level B                            those for cetaceans. The best available
                                                                                                                                                             The applicant estimated a total of 11
                                             harassment threshold for these sources                  information concerning pinniped
                                             are smaller than that for the Dura Spark                densities in the proposed survey area is              takes by Level A harassment of harbor
                                             (Table 1), and the Dura Spark was used                  the U.S. Navy’s Operating Area                        porpoises, 5 takes by Level A
                                             to conservatively estimate take for the                 (OPAREA) Density Estimates (NODEs)                    harassment of harbor seals, and 7 takes
                                             duration of the survey. For mobile                      (DoN, 2007). These density models                     by Level A harassment of gray seals
                                             sources, such as the proposed survey,                   utilized vessel-based and aerial survey               would occur, in the absence of
                                             the User Spreadsheet predicts the                       data collected by NMFS from 1998–                     mitigation. However, as described
                                             closest distance at which a stationary                  2005 during broad-scale abundance                     above, due to the very small estimated
                                             animal would not incur PTS if the                       studies. Modeling methodology is                      distances to Level A harassment
                                             sound source traveled by the animal in                  detailed in DoN (2007). For the                       thresholds (Table 6), and in
                                             a straight line at a constant speed.                    purposes of the take calculations,                    consideration of the proposed
                                                                                                     NODEs Density Estimates (DoN, 2007)                   mitigation measures, the likelihood of
                                             Marine Mammal Occurrence                                                                                      the proposed survey resulting in take in
                                                                                                     as reported for the summer and fall
                                                In this section we provide the                       seasons were used to estimate harbor                  the form of Level A harassment is
                                             information about the presence, density,                seal and gray seal densities.                         considered so low as to be discountable;
                                             or group dynamics of marine mammals                                                                           therefore, we do not propose to
                                             that will inform the take calculations.                 Take Calculation and Estimation                       authorize take of any marine mammals
                                                The best available scientific                          Here we describe how the information                by Level A harassment. Although there
                                             information was considered in                           provided above is brought together to                 are no exclusion zones (EZs) proposed
                                             calculating marine mammal exposure                      produce a quantitative take estimate.                 for pinnipeds, the estimated distance to
                                             estimates (the basis for estimating take).                In order to estimate the number of                  the isopleth corresponding to the Level
                                             For cetacean species, densities                         marine mammals predicted to be                        A harassment threshold for pinnipeds is
                                             calculated by Roberts et al. (2016) were                exposed to sound levels that would                    less than 2 m (Table 6); therefore, we
                                             used. The density data presented by                     result in harassment, radial distances to             determined the likelihood of an animal
                                             Roberts et al. (2016) incorporates aerial               predicted isopleths corresponding to                  being taken within this proximity of the
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             and shipboard line-transect survey data                 harassment thresholds are calculated, as              survey equipment to be so low as to be
                                             from NMFS and from other                                described above. Those distances are                  discountable. Proposed take numbers
                                             organizations collected over the period                 then used to calculate the area(s) around             are shown in Table 7.




                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00048   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19728                                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                              TABLE 7—TOTAL NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION AND
                                                                        PROPOSED TAKES AS A PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                Total proposed
                                                                                                                            Proposed            Estimated         Proposed           Total
                                                                                                           Density                                                                                takes as a
                                                                   Species                                                   Level A             Level B           Level B         Proposed
                                                                                                         (#/100 km2)                                                                            percentage of
                                                                                                                              takes               takes             takes            takes       population 1

                                             North Atlantic right whale .....................                 0.01706                   0                   3                3              3               0.6
                                             Humpback whale .................................                 0.14439                   0                  29               29             29               1.8
                                             Fin whale 2 ...........................................          0.21353                   0                  42               42             42               1.2
                                             Sei whale 3 ...........................................             0.005                  0                   1                2              2               0.3
                                             Minke whale .........................................            0.04745                   0                   9                9              9              <0.1
                                             Sperm whale ........................................             0.00665                   0                   1                1              1              <0.1
                                             Long-finned pilot whale 3 ......................                 0.15364                   0                  30               32             32               0.2
                                             Bottlenose dolphin ...............................               1.60936                   0                 318              318            318               0.3
                                             Atlantic Spotted dolphin 3 .....................                 0.00886                   0                   2               50             50               0.1
                                             Common dolphin 2 ................................                4.59986                   0                 910              910            910               0.5
                                             Atlantic white-sided dolphin .................                    1.8036                   0                 357              357            357               1.0
                                             Harbor porpoise 4 .................................              2.53125                   0                 501              501            501               1.1
                                             Harbor seal ..........................................           6.49533                   0               1,285            1,285          1,285               1.7
                                             Gray seal ..............................................         9.41067                   0               1,861            1,861          1,861               6.9
                                                1 Estimates of total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on marine mammal abundance estimates provided by Roberts et
                                             al. (2016), when available, except where noted otherwise, to maintain consistency with density estimates which are derived from data provided
                                             by Roberts et al. (2016). In cases where abundances are not provided by Roberts et al. (2016), total proposed takes as a percentage of popu-
                                             lation are based on abundance estimates in the NMFS Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2018).
                                                2 Estimates of total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on marine mammal abundance estimates as reported in the 2007
                                             TNASS (Lawson and Gosselin, 2009) (Table 2). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when
                                             possible. In general, where the TNASS survey effort provided superior coverage of a stock’s range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey
                                             effort), the resulting abundance estimate is considered more accurate than abundance estimates based on NMFS surveys.
                                                3 The proposed number of authorized takes (Level B harassment only) for these species has been increased from the estimated take to mean
                                             group size. Source for sei whale group size estimate is: Schilling et al. (1992). Source for long-finned pilot whale group size estimate is: Augusto
                                             et al. (2017). Source for Atlantic spotted dolphin group size estimate is: Jefferson et al. (2008).
                                                4 The density estimate in the IHA application is incorrectly shown as 0.0225781 animals/km2. The correct density estimate is reflected in Table
                                             7.


                                                Species with Take Estimates Less than                          Proposed Mitigation                                   mammals, marine mammal species or
                                             Mean Group Size: Using the approach                                 In order to issue an IHA under                      stocks, and their habitat. This considers
                                             described above to estimate take, the                             Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,                     the nature of the potential adverse
                                             take estimates for the sei whale, long-                           NMFS must set forth the permissible                   impact being mitigated (likelihood,
                                             finned pilot whale and Atlantic spotted                           methods of taking pursuant to such                    scope, range). It further considers the
                                             dolphin were less than the average                                activity, and other means of effecting                likelihood that the measure will be
                                             group sizes estimated for these species                           the least practicable impact on such                  effective if implemented (probability of
                                             (Table 6). However, information on the                            species or stock and its habitat, paying              accomplishing the mitigating result if
                                             social structures and life histories of                           particular attention to rookeries, mating             implemented as planned) the likelihood
                                             these species indicates these species are                         grounds, and areas of similar                         of effective implementation (probability
                                             often encountered in groups. The results                          significance, and on the availability of              implemented as planned): and
                                                                                                                                                                        (2) The practicability of the measures
                                             of take calculations support the                                  such species or stock for taking for
                                                                                                                                                                     for applicant implementation, which
                                             likelihood that the proposed survey is                            certain subsistence uses (latter not
                                                                                                                                                                     may consider such things as relative
                                             expected to encounter and to                                      applicable for this action). NMFS
                                                                                                                                                                     cost and impact on operations.
                                             incidentally take these species, and we                           regulations require applicants for
                                             believe it is likely that these species                           incidental take authorizations to include             Proposed Mitigation Measures
                                             may be encountered in groups.                                     information about the availability and                  With NMFS’ input during the
                                             Therefore it is reasonable to                                     feasibility (economic and technological)              application process, and as per the
                                             conservatively assume that one group of                           of equipment, methods, and manner of                  BOEM Lease, DWW is proposing the
                                             each of these species will be taken                               conducting such activity or other means               following mitigation measures during
                                             during the proposed survey. We propose                            of effecting the least practicable adverse            the proposed marine site
                                             to authorize the take of the average                              impact upon the affected species or                   characterization surveys.
                                                                                                               stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
                                             group size for these species and stocks                                                                                 Marine Mammal Exclusion and Watch
                                                                                                               216.104(a)(11)).
                                             to account for the possibility that the                                                                                 Zones
                                                                                                                 In evaluating how mitigation may or
                                             proposed survey encounters a group of
                                                                                                               may not be appropriate to ensure the                    Marine mammal exclusion zones (EZ)
                                             any of these species or stocks (Table 7).                         least practicable adverse impact on                   will be established around the HRG
                                             Note that the take estimate for the sperm                         species or stocks and their habitat, as               survey equipment and monitored by
                                             whale was not increased to average
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                               well as subsistence uses where                        protected species observers (PSO)
                                             group size because, based on water                                applicable, we carefully consider two                 during HRG surveys as follows:
                                             depths in the proposed survey area (16                            primary factors:                                        • 500 m EZ for North Atlantic right
                                             to 28 m (52 to 92 ft)), it is very unlikely                         (1) The manner in which, and the                    whales;
                                             that groups of sperm whales, which                                degree to which, the successful                         • 200 m EZ for all other ESA-listed
                                             tend to prefer deeper depths, would be                            implementation of the measure(s) is                   cetaceans (including fin whale, sei
                                             encountered by the proposed survey.                               expected to reduce impacts to marine                  whale and sperm whale); and


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:16 May 03, 2018       Jkt 244001    PO 00000   Frm 00049   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                              19729

                                               • 25 m EZ for harbor porpoises.                       equipment is shut down or survey                      minutes for North Atlantic right whale,
                                               The applicant proposed a 500 m EZ                     activity has concluded.                               fin whale, sei whale and sperm whale).
                                             for North Atlantic right whales and 200                                                                          As required in the BOEM lease, if the
                                             m EZ for all other marine mammal                        Passive Acoustic Monitoring                           HRG equipment shuts down for reasons
                                             species; however, for non-ESA-listed                       As proposed by the applicant and                   other than mitigation (i.e., mechanical
                                             marine mammals, based on estimated                      required by the BOEM lease, PAM will                  or electronic failure) resulting in the
                                             distances to isopleths corresponding                    be used to support monitoring during                  cessation of the survey equipment for a
                                             with Level A harassment thresholds                      night time operations to provide for                  period greater than 20 minutes, a 30
                                             (Table 5), we determined EZs for species                optimal acquisition of species                        minute pre-clearance period (as
                                             other than those described above were                   detections at night. The PAM system                   described above) would precede the
                                             not warranted. In addition to the EZs                   will consist of an array of hydrophones               restart of the HRG survey equipment. If
                                             described above, PSOs will visually                     with both broadband (sampling mid-                    the pause is less than less than 20
                                             monitor and record the presence of all                  range frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 kHz)                minutes, the equipment may be
                                             marine mammals within 500 m.                            and at least one low-frequency                        restarted as soon as practicable at its full
                                             Visual Monitoring                                       hydrophone (sampling range                            operational level only if visual surveys
                                                                                                     frequencies of 75 Hz to 30 kHz). The                  were continued diligently throughout
                                               As per the BOEM lease, visual and                                                                           the silent period and the EZs remained
                                                                                                     PAM operator(s) will monitor acoustic
                                             acoustic monitoring of the established                                                                        clear of marine mammals during that
                                                                                                     signals in real time both aurally (using
                                             exclusion and monitoring zones will be                                                                        entire period. If visual surveys were not
                                                                                                     headphones) and visually (via sound
                                             performed by four qualified and NMFS-                                                                         continued diligently during the pause of
                                                                                                     analysis software). PAM operators will
                                             approved PSOs. It would be the                                                                                20 minutes or less, a 30-minute pre-
                                                                                                     communicate nighttime detections to
                                             responsibility of the Lead PSO on duty                                                                        clearance period (as described above)
                                                                                                     the lead PSO on duty who will ensure
                                             to communicate the presence of marine                                                                         would precede the re-start of the HRG
                                                                                                     the implementation of the appropriate
                                             mammals as well as to communicate                                                                             survey equipment. Following a
                                                                                                     mitigation measure. However, PAM
                                             and enforce the action(s) that are                                                                            shutdown, HRG survey equipment may
                                             necessary to ensure mitigation and                      detection alone would not trigger a
                                                                                                     requirement that any mitigation action                be restarted following pre-clearance of
                                             monitoring requirements are                                                                                   the zones as described above.
                                             implemented as appropriate. PSOs                        be taken upon acoustic detection of
                                                                                                     marine mammals.                                          If a species for which authorization
                                             would be equipped with binoculars and                                                                         has not been granted, or, a species for
                                             would estimate distances to marine                      Ramp-Up of Survey Equipment                           which authorization has been granted
                                             mammals located in proximity to the                                                                           but the authorized number of takes have
                                             vessel and/or exclusion zone using                        As proposed by the applicant, where
                                                                                                     technically feasible, a ramp-up                       been met, approaches or is observed
                                             range finders. Reticulated binoculars                                                                         within the area encompassing the Level
                                             would also be available to PSOs for use                 procedure would be used for
                                                                                                     geophysical survey equipment capable                  B harassment isopleth (450 m),
                                             as appropriate based on conditions and                                                                        shutdown would occur.
                                             visibility to support the siting and                    of adjusting energy levels at the start or
                                             monitoring of marine species. Position                  re-start of survey activities. The ramp-              Vessel Strike Avoidance
                                             data will be recorded using hand-held                   up procedure would be used at the
                                                                                                                                                              Vessel strike avoidance measures will
                                             or vessel global positioning system                     beginning of HRG survey activities in
                                                                                                                                                           include, but are not limited to, the
                                             (GPS) units for each sighting.                          order to provide additional protection to
                                                                                                                                                           following, as required in the BOEM
                                             Observations will take place from the                   marine mammals near the survey area
                                                                                                                                                           lease, except under circumstances when
                                             highest available vantage point on the                  by allowing them to detect the presence
                                                                                                                                                           complying with these requirements
                                             survey vessel. During surveys                           of the survey and vacate the area prior
                                                                                                                                                           would put the safety of the vessel or
                                             conducted at night, night-vision                        to the commencement of survey
                                                                                                                                                           crew at risk:
                                             equipment with infrared light-emitting                  equipment use at full energy. Ramp-up                    • All vessel operators and crew will
                                             diodes spotlights and/or infrared video                 of the survey equipment would not                     maintain vigilant watch for cetaceans
                                             monitoring will be available for PSO                    begin until the relevant EZ has been                  and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop
                                             use, and passive acoustic monitoring                    cleared by the PSOs, as described above.              their vessel to avoid striking these
                                             (PAM; described below) will be used (as                 Systems will be initiated at their lowest             protected species;
                                             required per the BOEM lease).                           power output and will be incrementally                   • All vessel operators will comply
                                                                                                     increased to full power. If any marine                with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or less speed
                                             Pre-Clearance of the Exclusion Zone                     mammals are detected within the EZ                    restrictions in any SMA and DMA per
                                                Prior to initiating HRG survey                       prior to or during the ramp-up, HRG                   NOAA guidance;
                                             activities, DWW would implement a                       equipment will be shut down (as                          • All vessel operators will reduce
                                             30-minute pre-clearance period. During                  described below).                                     vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or
                                             this period, the PSOs would ensure that                 Shutdown Procedures                                   less when any large whale, any mother/
                                             no marine mammals are observed                                                                                calf pairs, large assemblages of non-
                                             within 200 m of the survey equipment                      As required in the BOEM lease, if a                 delphinoid cetaceans are observed near
                                             (500 m in the case of North Atlantic                    marine mammal is observed within or                   (within 100 m (330 ft)) an underway
                                             right whales). Survey equipment would                   approaching the relevant EZ (as                       vessel;
                                             not start up until this 200 m zone (or,                 described above) an immediate                            • All survey vessels will maintain a
                                             500 m zone in the case of North Atlantic                shutdown of the survey equipment is                   separation distance of 500 m (1640 ft) or
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             right whales) is clear of marine                        required. Subsequent restart of the                   greater from any sighted North Atlantic
                                             mammals for at least 30 minutes. This                   survey equipment may only occur after                 right whale;
                                             pre-clearance requirement would                         the animal(s) has either been observed                   • If underway, vessels must steer a
                                             include small delphinoids that                          exiting the relevant EZ or until an                   course away from any sighted North
                                             approach the vessel (e.g., bow ride).                   additional time period has elapsed with               Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5
                                             PSOs would also continue to monitor                     no further sighting of the animal (e.g.,              km/hr) or less until the 500 m (1640 ft)
                                             the zone for 30 minutes after survey                    15 minutes for harbor porpoise and 30                 minimum separation distance has been


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00050   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19730                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             established. If a North Atlantic right                  Seasonal Operating Requirements                       whales, thus mitigation to address the
                                             whale is sighted in a vessel’s path, or                    As described above, the northern                   proposed survey’s occurrence in fin
                                             within 100 m (330 ft) to an underway                    section of the proposed survey area                   whale feeding habitat is not warranted.
                                             vessel, the underway vessel must reduce                 partially overlaps with a portion of a                Further, we believe the proposed
                                             speed and shift the engine to neutral.                  North Atlantic right whale SMA which                  mitigation measures are practicable for
                                             Engines will not be engaged until the                   occurs east of Long Island, New York,                 the applicant to implement.
                                             North Atlantic right whale has moved                    and south of Massachusetts and Rhode                    Based on our evaluation of the
                                             outside of the vessel’s path and beyond                 Island. This SMA is active from                       applicant’s proposed measures, NMFS
                                             100 m. If stationary, the vessel must not               November 1 through April 30 of each                   has preliminarily determined that the
                                             engage engines until the North Atlantic                 year. Survey vessels that are >65 ft in               proposed mitigation measures provide
                                             right whale has moved beyond 100 m;                     length would be required to adhere to                 the means of effecting the least
                                                • All vessels will maintain a                        the mandatory vessel speed restrictions               practicable impact on the affected
                                             separation distance of 100 m (330 ft) or                (<10 kn) when operating within the                    species or stocks and their habitat,
                                             greater from any sighted non-delphinoid                 SMA during times when the SMA is                      paying particular attention to rookeries,
                                             cetacean. If sighted, the vessel                        active. In addition, between watch                    mating grounds, and areas of similar
                                             underway must reduce speed and shift                    shifts, members of the monitoring team                significance.
                                             the engine to neutral, and must not                     would consult NMFS’ North Atlantic                    Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
                                             engage the engines until the non-                       right whale reporting systems for the
                                             delphinoid cetacean has moved outside                   presence of North Atlantic right whales                  In order to issue an IHA for an
                                             of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m.                  throughout survey operations. Members                 activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
                                             If a survey vessel is stationary, the                   of the monitoring team would monitor                  MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
                                             vessel will not engage engines until the                the NMFS North Atlantic right whale                   requirements pertaining to the
                                             non-delphinoid cetacean has moved out                   reporting systems for the establishment               monitoring and reporting of such taking.
                                             of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m;                  of a Dynamic Management Area (DMA).                   The MMPA implementing regulations at
                                                • All vessels will maintain a                        If NMFS should establish a DMA in the                 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that
                                             separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or                 survey area, within 24 hours of the                   requests for authorizations must include
                                             greater from any sighted delphinoid                     establishment of the DMA DWW would                    the suggested means of accomplishing
                                             cetacean. Any vessel underway remain                    coordinate with NMFS to shut down                     the necessary monitoring and reporting
                                             parallel to a sighted delphinoid                        and/or alter the survey activities as                 that will result in increased knowledge
                                             cetacean’s course whenever possible,                    needed to avoid right whales to the                   of the species and of the level of taking
                                             and avoid excessive speed or abrupt                     extent possible.                                      or impacts on populations of marine
                                             changes in direction. Any vessel                           The proposed mitigation measures are               mammals that are expected to be
                                             underway reduces vessel speed to 10                     designed to avoid the already low                     present in the proposed action area.
                                             knots (18.5 km/hr) or less when pods                    potential for injury in addition to some              Effective reporting is critical both to
                                             (including mother/calf pairs) or large                  Level B harassment, and to minimize                   compliance as well as ensuring that the
                                             assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are                 the potential for vessel strikes. There are           most value is obtained from the required
                                             observed. Vessels may not adjust course                 no known marine mammal rookeries or                   monitoring.
                                             and speed until the delphinoid                          mating grounds in the survey area that                   Monitoring and reporting
                                             cetaceans have moved beyond 50 m                        would otherwise potentially warrant                   requirements prescribed by NMFS
                                             and/or the abeam of the underway                        increased mitigation measures for                     should contribute to improved
                                             vessel;                                                 marine mammals or their habitat (or                   understanding of one or more of the
                                                • All vessels will maintain a                        both). The proposed survey would occur                following:
                                             separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or                 in an area that has been identified as a                 • Occurrence of marine mammal
                                             greater from any sighted pinniped; and                  biologically important area for migration             species or stocks in the area in which
                                                • All vessels underway will not                      for North Atlantic right whales.                      take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
                                             divert or alter course in order to                      However, given the small spatial extent               abundance, distribution, density);
                                             approach any whale, delphinoid                          of the survey area relative to the                       • Nature, scope, or context of likely
                                             cetacean, or pinniped. Any vessel                       substantially larger spatial extent of the            marine mammal exposure to potential
                                             underway will avoid excessive speed or                  right whale migratory area, the survey is             stressors/impacts (individual or
                                             abrupt changes in direction to avoid                    not expected to appreciably reduce                    cumulative, acute or chronic), through
                                             injury to the sighted cetacean or                       migratory habitat nor to negatively                   better understanding of: (1) Action or
                                             pinniped.                                               impact the migration of North Atlantic                environment (e.g., source
                                                DWW will ensure that vessel                          right whales, thus mitigation to address              characterization, propagation, ambient
                                             operators and crew maintain a vigilant                  the proposed survey’s occurrence in                   noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
                                             watch for cetaceans and pinnipeds by                    North Atlantic right whale migratory                  history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
                                             slowing down or stopping the vessel to                  habitat is not warranted. The proposed                of marine mammal species with the
                                             avoid striking marine mammals. Project-                 survey area would partially overlap                   action; or (4) biological or behavioral
                                             specific training will be conducted for                 spatially with a biologically important               context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
                                             all vessel crew prior to the start of the               feeding area for fin whales. However,                 feeding areas);
                                             site characterization survey activities.                the fin whale feeding area is sufficiently               • Individual marine mammal
                                             Confirmation of the training and                        large (2,933 km2), and the acoustic                   responses (behavioral or physiological)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             understanding of the requirements will                  footprint of the proposed survey is                   to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
                                             be documented on a training course log                  sufficiently small (<100 km2 estimated                cumulative), other stressors, or
                                             sheet. Signing the log sheet will certify               to be ensonified to the Level B                       cumulative impacts from multiple
                                             that the crew members understand and                    harassment threshold per day), that the               stressors;
                                             will comply with the necessary                          survey is not expected to appreciably                    • How anticipated responses to
                                             requirements throughout the survey                      reduce fin whale feeding habitat nor to               stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
                                             activities.                                             negatively impact the feeding of fin                  fitness and survival of individual


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00051   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                            19731

                                             marine mammals; or (2) populations,                     by the PSO will occur when alerted of                    • Photographs or video footage of the
                                             species, or stocks;                                     a marine mammal presence.                             animal(s) (if equipment is available).
                                                • Effects on marine mammal habitat                     Data on all PAM/PSO observations                       Activities would not resume until
                                             (e.g., marine mammal prey species,                      will be recorded based on standard PSO                NMFS is able to review the
                                             acoustic habitat, or other important                    collection requirements. This will                    circumstances of the event. NMFS
                                             physical components of marine                           include dates, times, and locations of                would work with DWW to minimize
                                             mammal habitat); and                                    survey operations; time of observation,               reoccurrence of such an event in the
                                                • Mitigation and monitoring                          location and weather; details of marine               future. DWW would not resume
                                             effectiveness.                                          mammal sightings (e.g., species,                      activities until notified by NMFS.
                                                                                                     numbers, behavior); and details of any                   In the event that DWW discovers an
                                             Proposed Monitoring Measures                            observed taking (e.g., behavioral                     injured or dead marine mammal and
                                                As described above, visual monitoring                disturbances or injury/mortality).                    determines that the cause of the injury
                                             of the EZs and monitoring zone will be                                                                        or death is unknown and the death is
                                                                                                     Proposed Reporting Measures                           relatively recent (i.e., in less than a
                                             performed by qualified and NMFS-
                                             approved PSOs. Observer qualifications                     Within 90 days after completion of                 moderate state of decomposition), DWW
                                             would include completion of a PSO                       survey activities, a final technical report           would immediately report the incident
                                             training course and documented field                    will be provided to NMFS that fully                   to the Chief of the Permits and
                                             experience on a marine mammal                           documents the methods and monitoring                  Conservation Division, Office of
                                                                                                     protocols, summarizes the data recorded               Protected Resources and the NMFS
                                             observation vessel and/or aerial surveys.
                                                                                                     during monitoring, summarizes the                     Greater Atlantic Stranding Coordinator.
                                             As proposed by the applicant and
                                                                                                     number of marine mammals estimated                    The report would include the same
                                             required by BOEM, an observer team
                                                                                                     to have been taken during survey                      information identified in the paragraph
                                             comprising a minimum of four NMFS-
                                                                                                     activities (by species, when known),                  above. Activities would be able to
                                             approved PSOs and a minimum of two
                                                                                                     summarizes the mitigation actions taken               continue while NMFS reviews the
                                             certified PAM operator(s), operating in
                                                                                                     during surveys (including what type of                circumstances of the incident. NMFS
                                             shifts, will be employed by DWW
                                                                                                     mitigation and the species and number                 would work with DWW to determine if
                                             during the proposed surveys. PSOs and
                                                                                                     of animals that prompted the mitigation               modifications in the activities are
                                             PAM operators will work in shifts such
                                                                                                     action, when known), and provides an                  appropriate.
                                             that no one monitor will work more                                                                               In the event that DWW discovers an
                                             than 4 consecutive hours without a 2                    interpretation of the results and
                                                                                                     effectiveness of all mitigation and                   injured or dead marine mammal and
                                             hour break or longer than 12 hours                                                                            determines that the injury or death is
                                             during any 24-hour period. During                       monitoring. Any recommendations
                                                                                                     made by NMFS must be addressed in                     not associated with or related to the
                                             daylight hours the PSOs will rotate in                                                                        activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
                                             shifts of one on and three off, while                   the final report prior to acceptance by
                                                                                                     NMFS.                                                 previously wounded animal, carcass
                                             during nighttime operations PSOs will                                                                         with moderate to advanced
                                             work in pairs. The PAM operators will                      In addition to the final technical
                                                                                                     report, DWW will provide the reports                  decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                             also be on call as necessary during                                                                           DWW would report the incident to the
                                             daytime operations should visual                        described below as necessary during
                                                                                                     survey activities. In the unanticipated               Chief of the Permits and Conservation
                                             observations become impaired. Each                                                                            Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                             PSO will monitor 360 degrees of the                     event that DWW’s survey activities lead
                                                                                                     to an injury (Level A harassment) or                  and the NMFS Greater Atlantic Regional
                                             field of vision. DWW will provide                                                                             Stranding Coordinator, within 24 hours
                                             résumés of all proposed PSOs and PAM                  mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear
                                                                                                     interaction, and/or entanglement) of a                of the discovery. DWW would provide
                                             operators (including alternates) to                                                                           photographs or video footage (if
                                             NMFS for review and approval at least                   marine mammal, DWW would
                                                                                                     immediately cease the specified                       available) or other documentation of the
                                             45 days prior to the start of survey                                                                          stranded animal sighting to NMFS.
                                             operations.                                             activities and report the incident to the
                                                                                                     Chief of the Permits and Conservation                 DWW may continue its operations
                                                Also as described above, PSOs will be                                                                      under such a case.
                                                                                                     Division, Office of Protected Resources
                                             equipped with binoculars and have the
                                                                                                     and the NMFS Greater Atlantic                         Negligible Impact Analysis and
                                             ability to estimate distances to marine
                                                                                                     Stranding Coordinator. The report                     Determination
                                             mammals located in proximity to the
                                                                                                     would include the following
                                             vessel and/or exclusion zone using                                                                               NMFS has defined negligible impact
                                                                                                     information:
                                             range finders. Reticulated binoculars                                                                         as an impact resulting from the
                                                                                                        • Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                             will also be available to PSOs for use as                                                                     specified activity that cannot be
                                                                                                     longitude) of the incident;
                                             appropriate based on conditions and                        • Name and type of vessel involved;                reasonably expected to, and is not
                                             visibility to support the sighting and                     • Vessel’s speed during and leading                reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
                                             monitoring of marine species. During                    up to the incident;                                   species or stock through effects on
                                             night operations, PAM and night-vision                     • Description of the incident;                     annual rates of recruitment or survival.
                                             equipment with infrared light-emitting                     • Status of all sound source use in the            A negligible impact finding is based on
                                             diode spotlights and/or infrared video                  24 hours preceding the incident;                      the lack of likely adverse effects on
                                             monitoring will be used to increase the                    • Water depth;                                     annual rates of recruitment or survival
                                             ability to detect marine mammals.                          • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                  (i.e., population-level effects). An
                                             Position data will be recorded using                    wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                estimate of the number of takes alone is
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             hand-held or vessel global positioning                  state, cloud cover, and visibility);                  not enough information on which to
                                             system (GPS) units for each sighting.                      • Description of all marine mammal                 base an impact determination. In
                                             Observations will take place from the                   observations in the 24 hours preceding                addition to considering estimates of the
                                             highest available vantage point on the                  the incident;                                         number of marine mammals that might
                                             survey vessel. General 360-degree                          • Species identification or                        be ‘‘taken’’ through harassment, NMFS
                                             scanning will occur during the                          description of the animal(s) involved;                considers other factors, such as the
                                             monitoring periods, and target scanning                    • Fate of the animal(s); and                       likely nature of any responses (e.g.,


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00052   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19732                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             intensity, duration), the context of any                surrounding area, the impacts to marine               equipment reaches full energy; (2)
                                             responses (e.g., critical reproductive                  mammals and the food sources that they                preventing animals from being exposed
                                             time or location, migration), as well as                utilize are not expected to cause                     to sound levels that may otherwise
                                             effects on habitat, and the likely                      significant or long-term consequences                 result in injury. Additional vessel strike
                                             effectiveness of the mitigation. We also                for individual marine mammals or their                avoidance requirements will further
                                             assess the number, intensity, and                       populations.                                          mitigate potential impacts to marine
                                             context of estimated takes by evaluating                   There are no rookeries or mating                   mammals during vessel transit to and
                                             this information relative to population                 grounds known to be biologically                      within the survey area.
                                             status. Consistent with the 1989                        important to marine mammals within                      NMFS concludes that exposures to
                                             preamble for NMFS’s implementing                        the proposed survey area. As described                marine mammal species and stocks due
                                             regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,                 above, the proposed survey area would                 to DWW’s proposed survey would result
                                             1989), the impacts from other past and                  overlap spatially and temporally with a               in only short-term (temporary and short
                                             ongoing anthropogenic activities are                    biologically important feeding area for               in duration) effects to individuals
                                             incorporated into this analysis via their               fin whales. The important fin whale                   exposed. Marine mammals may
                                             impacts on the environmental baseline                   feeding area occurs from March through                temporarily avoid the immediate area,
                                             (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status            October and stretches from an area                    but are not expected to permanently
                                             of the species, population size and                     south of Montauk Point to south of                    abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat
                                             growth rate where known, ongoing                        Martha’s Vineyard. However, the fin                   use, distribution, or foraging success are
                                             sources of human-caused mortality, or                   whale feeding area is sufficiently large              not expected. NMFS does not anticipate
                                             ambient noise levels).                                  (2,933 km2), and the acoustic footprint               the proposed take estimates to impact
                                                To avoid repetition, our analysis                    of the proposed survey is sufficiently                annual rates of recruitment or survival.
                                             applies to all the species listed in Table              small (<100 km2 estimated to be                         In summary and as described above,
                                             7, given that NMFS expects the                          ensonified to the Level B harassment                  the following factors primarily support
                                             anticipated effects of the proposed                     threshold per day), that fin whale                    our preliminary determination that the
                                             survey to be similar in nature.                         feeding habitat would not be reduced                  impacts resulting from this activity are
                                                NMFS does not anticipate that serious                appreciably. Any fin whales temporarily               not expected to adversely affect the
                                             injury or mortality would occur as a                    displaced from the proposed survey area               species or stock through effects on
                                             result of DWW’s proposed survey, even                   would be expected to have sufficient                  annual rates of recruitment or survival:
                                             in the absence of proposed mitigation.                  remaining feeding habitat available to                  • No mortality, serious injury, or
                                             Thus the proposed authorization does                    them, and would not be prevented from                 Level A harassment is anticipated or
                                             not authorize any serious injury or                     feeding in other areas within the                     authorized;
                                             mortality. As discussed in the Potential                biologically important feeding habitat.
                                             Effects section, non-auditory physical                                                                          • The anticipated impacts of the
                                                                                                     In addition, any displacement of fin
                                             effects and vessel strike are not expected                                                                    proposed activity on marine mammals
                                                                                                     whales from the survey area would be
                                             to occur.                                                                                                     would be temporary behavioral changes
                                                                                                     expected to be temporary in nature.
                                                We expect that all potential takes                                                                         due to avoidance of the area around the
                                                                                                     Therefore, we do not expect fin whale
                                             would be in the form of short-term Level                                                                      survey vessel;
                                                                                                     feeding to be negatively impacted by the
                                             B behavioral harassment in the form of                  proposed survey. There are no feeding                   • The availability of alternate areas of
                                             temporary avoidance of the area or                      areas known to be biologically                        similar habitat value for marine
                                             decreased foraging (if such activity were               important to marine mammals within                    mammals to temporarily vacate the
                                             occurring), reactions that are considered               the proposed project area with the                    survey area during the proposed survey
                                             to be of low severity and with no lasting               exception of the aforementioned feeding               to avoid exposure to sounds from the
                                             biological consequences (e.g., Southall                 area for fin whales. There is no                      activity;
                                             et al., 2007).                                          designated critical habitat for any ESA-                • The proposed project area does not
                                                Potential impacts to marine mammal                   listed marine mammals in the proposed                 contain areas of significance for mating
                                             habitat were discussed previously in                    survey area.                                          or calving;
                                             this document (see Potential Effects of                    The proposed survey area is within a                 • Effects on species that serve as prey
                                             the Specified Activity on Marine                        biologically important migratory area for             species for marine mammals from the
                                             Mammals and their Habitat). Marine                      North Atlantic right whales (effective                proposed survey would be temporary
                                             mammal habitat may be impacted by                       March–April and November–December)                    and would not be expected to reduce
                                             elevated sound levels, but these impacts                that extends from Massachusetts to                    the availability of prey or to affect
                                             would be temporary. In addition to                      Florida (LaBrecque, et al., 2015). Off the            marine mammal feeding;
                                             being temporary and short in overall                    south coast of Massachusetts and Rhode                  • The proposed mitigation measures,
                                             duration, the acoustic footprint of the                 Island, this biologically important                   including visual and acoustic
                                             proposed survey is small relative to the                migratory area extends from the coast to              monitoring, exclusion zones, and
                                             overall distribution of the animals in the              beyond the shelf break. Due to the fact               shutdown measures, are expected to
                                             area and their use of the area. Feeding                 that that the proposed survey is                      minimize potential impacts to marine
                                             behavior is not likely to be significantly              temporary and short in overall duration,              mammals.
                                             impacted. Prey species are mobile and                   and the fact that the spatial acoustic                  Based on the analysis contained
                                             are broadly distributed throughout the                  footprint of the proposed survey is very              herein of the likely effects of the
                                             project area; therefore, marine mammals                 small relative to the spatial extent of the           specified activity on marine mammals
                                             that may be temporarily displaced                       available migratory habitat in the area,              and their habitat, and taking into
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             during survey activities are expected to                right whale migration is not expected to              consideration the implementation of the
                                             be able to resume foraging once they                    be impacted by the proposed survey.                   proposed monitoring and mitigation
                                             have moved away from areas with                            The proposed mitigation measures are               measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
                                             disturbing levels of underwater noise.                  expected to reduce the number and/or                  that the total marine mammal take from
                                             Because of the temporary nature of the                  severity of takes by (1) giving animals               the proposed activity will have a
                                             disturbance and the availability of                     the opportunity to move away from the                 negligible impact on all affected marine
                                             similar habitat and resources in the                    sound source before HRG survey                        mammal species or stocks.


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00053   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                           19733

                                             Small Numbers                                           ESA: The North Atlantic right, fin, sei,              the modification, suspension, or
                                               As noted above, only small numbers                    and sperm whale. BOEM consulted with                  revocation of this IHA.
                                             of incidental take may be authorized                    NMFS GARFO under section 7 of the                       (d) DWW shall ensure that the vessel
                                             under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA                  ESA on commercial wind lease issuance                 operator and other relevant vessel
                                             for specified activities other than                     and site assessment activities on the                 personnel are briefed on all
                                             military readiness activities. The MMPA                 Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf in                   responsibilities, communication
                                             does not define small numbers and so,                   Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York                 procedures, marine mammal monitoring
                                             in practice, where estimated numbers                    and New Jersey Wind Energy Areas.                     protocols, operational procedures, and
                                             are available, NMFS compares the                        NMFS GARFO issued a Biological                        IHA requirements prior to the start of
                                             number of individuals taken to the most                 Opinion concluding that these activities              survey activity, and when relevant new
                                             appropriate estimation of abundance of                  may adversely affect but are not likely               personnel join the survey operations.
                                             the relevant species or stock in our                    to jeopardize the continued existence of                4. Mitigation Requirements—the
                                             determination of whether an                             the North Atlantic right, fin, and sperm              holder of this Authorization is required
                                             authorization is limited to small                       whale. The Biological Opinion can be                  to implement the following mitigation
                                             numbers of marine mammals.                              found online at:                                      measures:
                                             Additionally, other qualitative factors                 www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/                        (a) DWW shall use at least four (4)
                                             may be considered in the analysis, such                 marine-mammal-protection/incidental-                  NMFS-approved protected species
                                             as the temporal or spatial scale of the                 take-authorizations-other-energy-                     observers (PSOs) during HRG surveys.
                                             activities.                                             activities-renewable. NMFS will                       The PSOs must have no tasks other than
                                               The numbers of marine mammals that                    conclude the ESA section 7 consultation               to conduct observational effort, record
                                             we propose for authorization to be                      prior to reaching a determination                     observational data, and communicate
                                             taken, for all species and stocks, would                regarding the proposed issuance of the                with and instruct relevant vessel crew
                                             be considered small relative to the                     authorization. If the IHA is issued, the              with regard to the presence of marine
                                             relevant stocks or populations (less than               Biological Opinion may be amended to                  mammals and mitigation requirements.
                                             7 percent of each species and stocks).                  include an incidental take statement for              PSO resumes shall be provided to
                                             See Table 7. Based on the analysis                      these marine mammal species, as                       NMFS for approval prior to
                                             contained herein of the proposed                        appropriate.                                          commencement of the survey.
                                             activity (including the proposed                        Proposed Authorization                                  (b) Visual monitoring must begin no
                                             mitigation and monitoring measures)                                                                           less than 30 minutes prior to initiation
                                                                                                        As a result of these preliminary                   of survey equipment and must continue
                                             and the anticipated take of marine
                                                                                                     determinations, NMFS proposes to issue                until 30 minutes after use of survey
                                             mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds
                                                                                                     an IHA to DWW for conducting marine                   equipment ceases.
                                             that small numbers of marine mammals
                                                                                                     site assessment surveys offshore                        (c) Exclusion Zones—PSOs shall
                                             will be taken relative to the population
                                                                                                     Massachusetts and Rhode Island and                    establish and monitor marine mammal
                                             size of the affected species or stocks.
                                                                                                     along potential submarine cable routes                Exclusion Zones and Watch Zone.
                                             Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis                     from the date of issuance for a period of             Exclusion Zones are as follows:
                                             and Determination                                       one year, provided the previously                       (i) 500 m Exclusion Zone for North
                                               There are no relevant subsistence uses                mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and                 Atlantic right whales;
                                             of the affected marine mammal stocks or                 reporting requirements are incorporated.                (ii) 200 m Exclusion Zone for fin
                                             species implicated by this action.                      This section contains a draft of the IHA              whales, sei whales, and sperm whales;
                                             Therefore, NMFS has determined that                     itself. The wording contained in this                 and
                                             the total taking of affected species or                 section is proposed for inclusion in the                (iii) 25 m Exclusion Zone for harbor
                                             stocks would not have an unmitigable                    IHA (if issued).                                      porpoises.
                                             adverse impact on the availability of                      1. This IHA is valid for a period of                 (d) Watch Zone—PSOs shall monitor
                                             such species or stocks for taking for                   one year from the date of issuance.                   a marine mammal Watch Zone that shall
                                             subsistence purposes.                                      2. This IHA is valid only for marine               encompass an area 500 m from the
                                                                                                     site characterization survey activity, as             survey equipment. PSOs shall document
                                             Endangered Species Act                                  specified in the IHA application, in the              and record the behavior of all marine
                                               Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered                     Atlantic Ocean.                                       mammals observed within the Watch
                                             Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et                     3. General Conditions                              Zone.
                                             seq.) requires that each Federal agency                    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the                (e) Shutdown requirements—If a
                                             insure that any action it authorizes,                   possession of DWW, the vessel operator                marine mammal is observed within,
                                             funds, or carries out is not likely to                  and other relevant personnel, the lead                entering, or approaching the relevant
                                             jeopardize the continued existence of                   PSO, and any other relevant designees                 Exclusion Zones as described under 4(c)
                                             any endangered or threatened species or                 of DWW operating under the authority                  while geophysical survey equipment is
                                             result in the destruction or adverse                    of this IHA.                                          operational, the geophysical survey
                                             modification of designated critical                        (b) The species authorized for taking              equipment must be immediately shut
                                             habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for                   are listed in Table 6. The taking, by                 down.
                                             the issuance of IHAs, NMFS consults                     Level B harassment only, is limited to                  (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority
                                             internally, in this case with the NMFS                  the species and numbers listed in Table               to call for shutdown of survey
                                             Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries                     6. Any taking of species not listed in                equipment. When there is certainty
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             Office (GARFO), whenever we propose                     Table 6, or exceeding the authorized                  regarding the need for mitigation action,
                                             to authorize take for endangered or                     amounts listed in Table 6, is prohibited              the relevant PSO(s) must call for such
                                             threatened species.                                     and may result in the modification,                   action immediately.
                                               The NMFS Office of Protected                          suspension, or revocation of this IHA.                  (ii) When a shutdown is called for by
                                             Resources is proposing to authorize the                    (c) The taking by injury, serious injury           a PSO, the shutdown must occur and
                                             incidental take of four species of marine               or death of any species of marine                     any dispute resolved only following
                                             mammals which are listed under the                      mammal is prohibited and may result in                shutdown.


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00054   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19734                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                                (iii) Upon implementation of a                       acoustic sources added in way such that               parallel to a sighted delphinoid
                                             shutdown, survey equipment may be                       the source level would increase                       cetacean’s course whenever possible
                                             reactivated when all marine mammals                     gradually.                                            and avoid excessive speed or abrupt
                                             have been confirmed by visual                              (h) Vessel Strike Avoidance—Vessel                 changes in direction. Any vessel
                                             observation to have exited the relevant                 operator and crew must maintain a                     underway reduces vessel speed to 10
                                             Exclusion Zone or an additional time                    vigilant watch for all marine mammals                 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less when pods
                                             period has elapsed with no further                      and slow down or stop the vessel or                   (including mother/calf pairs) or large
                                             sighting of the animal that triggered the               alter course, as appropriate, to avoid                assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are
                                             shutdown (15 minutes for harbor                         striking any marine mammal, unless                    observed. Vessels may not adjust course
                                             porpoise and 30 minutes for North                       such action represents a human safety                 and speed until the delphinoid
                                             Atlantic right whales, fin whales, sei                  concern. Survey vessel crew members                   cetaceans have moved beyond 50 m
                                             whales, and sperm whales).                              responsible for navigation duties shall               and/or the abeam of the underway
                                                (iv) If geophysical equipment shuts                  receive site-specific training on marine              vessel;
                                             down for reasons other than mitigation                  mammal sighting/reporting and vessel                     (vii) All vessels shall maintain a
                                             (i.e., mechanical or electronic failure)                strike avoidance measures. Vessel strike              separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or
                                             resulting in the cessation of the survey                avoidance measures shall include the                  greater from any sighted pinniped; and
                                             equipment for a period of less than 20                  following, except under circumstances                    (viii) All vessels underway shall not
                                             minutes, the equipment may be                           when complying with these                             divert or alter course in order to
                                             restarted as soon as practicable if visual              requirements would put the safety of the              approach any whale, delphinoid
                                             surveys were continued diligently                       vessel or crew at risk:                               cetacean, or pinniped. Any vessel
                                             throughout the silent period and the                       (i) The vessel operator and crew shall             underway will avoid excessive speed or
                                             relevant Exclusion Zones are confirmed                  maintain vigilant watch for cetaceans                 abrupt changes in direction to avoid
                                             by PSOs to have remained clear of                       and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop                  injury to the sighted cetacean or
                                             marine mammals during the entire 20-                    the vessel to avoid striking marine                   pinniped.
                                             minute period. If visual surveys were                   mammals;                                                 (ix) The vessel operator shall comply
                                             not continued diligently during the                        (ii) The vessel operator shall reduce              with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or less speed
                                             pause of 20 minutes or less, a 30-minute                vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or              restrictions in any Seasonal
                                             pre-clearance period shall precede the                  less when any large whale, any mother/                Management Area per NMFS guidance.
                                             restart of the geophysical survey                       calf pairs, whale or dolphin pods, or                    (x) If NMFS should establish a
                                             equipment as described in 4(f). If the                  larger assemblages of non-delphinoid                  Dynamic Management Area (DMA) in
                                             period of shutdown for reasons other                    cetaceans are observed near (within 100               the area of the survey, within 24 hours
                                             than mitigation is greater than 20                      m (330 ft)) an underway vessel;                       of the establishment of the DMA, DWW
                                             minutes, a pre-clearance period shall                      (iii) The survey vessel shall maintain             shall contact the NMFS Office of
                                             precede the restart of the geophysical                  a separation distance of 500 m (1,640 ft)             Protected Resources to determine
                                             survey equipment as described in 4(f).                  or greater from any sighted North                     whether survey location and/or
                                                (v) If a species for which                           Atlantic right whale;                                 activities should be altered to avoid
                                             authorization has not been granted, or,                    (iv) If underway, the vessel must steer            North Atlantic right whales.
                                             a species for which authorization has                   a course away from any sighted North                     5. Monitoring Requirements—The
                                             been granted but the authorized number                  Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5                Holder of this Authorization is required
                                             of takes have been met, approaches or                   km/hr) or less until the 500 m (1,640 ft)             to conduct marine mammal visual
                                             is observed within 450 m of the survey                  minimum separation distance has been                  monitoring and passive acoustic
                                             equipment, shutdown must occur.                         established. If a North Atlantic right                monitoring (PAM) during geophysical
                                                (f) Pre-clearance observation—30                     whale is sighted in a vessel’s path, or               survey activity. Monitoring shall be
                                             minutes of pre-clearance observation                    within 100 m (330 ft) to an underway                  conducted in accordance with the
                                             shall be conducted prior to initiation of               vessel, the underway vessel must reduce               following requirements:
                                             geophysical survey equipment.                           speed and shift the engine to neutral.                   (a) A minimum of four NMFS-
                                             Geophysical survey equipment shall not                  Engines will not be engaged until the                 approved PSOs and a minimum of two
                                             be initiated if marine mammals are                      North Atlantic right whale has moved                  certified (PAM) operator(s), operating in
                                             observed within 200 m of the survey                     outside of the vessel’s path and beyond               shifts, shall be employed by DWW
                                             equipment (500 m for North Atlantic                     100 m. If stationary, the vessel must not             during geophysical surveys.
                                             right whales) during the pre-clearance                  engage engines until the North Atlantic                  (b) Observations shall take place from
                                             period. If a marine mammal is observed                  right whale has moved beyond 100 m;                   the highest available vantage point on
                                             within 200 m of geophysical survey                         (v) The vessel shall maintain a                    the survey vessel. General 360-degree
                                             equipment (500 m for North Atlantic                     separation distance of 100 m (330 ft) or              scanning shall occur during the
                                             right whales) during the pre-clearance                  greater from any sighted non-delphinoid               monitoring periods, and target scanning
                                             period, initiation of the survey                        cetacean. If sighted, the vessel                      by PSOs will occur when alerted of a
                                             equipment will be delayed until the                     underway must reduce speed and shift                  marine mammal presence.
                                             marine mammal(s) departs the 200 m                      the engine to neutral and must not                       (c) PSOs shall be equipped with
                                             zone (500 m for North Atlantic right                    engage the engines until the non-                     binoculars and have the ability to
                                             whales).                                                delphinoid cetacean has moved outside                 estimate distances to marine mammals
                                                (g) Ramp-up—when technically                         of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m.                located in proximity to the vessel and/
                                             feasible, survey equipment shall be                     If a survey vessel is stationary, the                 or Exclusion Zones using range finders.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             ramped up at the start or re-start of                   vessel will not engage engines until the              Reticulated binoculars will also be
                                             survey activities. Ramp-up will begin                   non-delphinoid cetacean has moved out                 available to PSOs for use as appropriate
                                             with the power of the smallest acoustic                 of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m;                based on conditions and visibility to
                                             equipment at its lowest practical power                    (vi) The vessel shall maintain a                   support the sighting and monitoring of
                                             output appropriate for the survey. When                 separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or               marine species.
                                             technically feasible the power will then                greater from any sighted delphinoid                      (d) PAM shall be used during
                                             be gradually turned up and other                        cetacean. Any vessel underway remain                  nighttime geophysical survey


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00055   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices                                            19735

                                             operations. The PAM system shall                        and ends; vessel location at beginning                   (O) Animal’s closest point of
                                             consist of an array of hydrophones with                 and end of visual PSO duty shifts.                    approach and/or closest distance from
                                             both broadband (sampling mid-range                         (v) Vessel heading and speed at                    the center point of the acoustic source;
                                             frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 kHz) and at                 beginning and end of visual PSO duty                     (P) Platform activity at time of
                                             least one low-frequency hydrophone                      shifts and upon any line change.                      sighting (e.g., deploying, recovering,
                                             (sampling range frequencies of 75 Hz to                    (vi) Environmental conditions while                testing, data acquisition, other); and
                                             30 kHz). PAM operators shall                            on visual survey (at beginning and end                   (Q) Description of any actions
                                             communicate detections or                               of PSO shift and whenever conditions                  implemented in response to the sighting
                                             vocalizations to the Lead PSO on duty                   change significantly), including wind                 (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed
                                             who shall ensure the implementation of                  speed and direction, Beaufort sea state,              or course alteration, etc.) and time and
                                             the appropriate mitigation measure.                     Beaufort wind force, swell height,                    location of the action.
                                                (e) During night surveys, night-vision               weather conditions, cloud cover, sun                     6. Reporting—a technical report shall
                                             equipment with infrared light-emitting                  glare, and overall visibility to the                  be provided to NMFS within 90 days
                                             diode spotlights and/or infrared video                  horizon.                                              after completion of survey activities that
                                             monitoring shall be used in addition to                    (vii) Factors that may be contributing             fully documents the methods and
                                             PAM. Specifications for night-vision                    to impaired observations during each                  monitoring protocols, summarizes the
                                             equipment shall be provided to NMFS                     PSO shift change or as needed as                      data recorded during monitoring,
                                             for review and acceptance prior to start                environmental conditions change (e.g.,                estimates the number of marine
                                             of surveys.                                             vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions).              mammals that may have been taken
                                                (f) PSOs and PAM operators shall                        (viii) Survey activity information,                during survey activities, describes the
                                             work in shifts such that no one monitor                 such as acoustic source power output                  effectiveness of the various mitigation
                                             will work more than 4 consecutive                       while in operation, number and volume                 techniques (i.e. visual observations
                                             hours without a 2 hour break or longer                  of airguns operating in the array, tow                during day and night compared to PAM
                                             than 12 hours during any 24-hour                        depth of the array, and any other notes               detections/operations) and provides an
                                             period. During daylight hours the PSOs                  of significance (i.e., pre-ramp-up survey,            interpretation of the results and
                                             shall rotate in shifts of 1 on and 3 off,               ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting,                 effectiveness of all monitoring tasks.
                                             and while during nighttime operations                   ramp-up completion, end of operations,                Any recommendations made by NMFS
                                             PSOs shall work in pairs.                               streamers, etc.).                                     shall be addressed in the final report
                                                (g) PAM operators shall also be on call                 (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted,                prior to acceptance by NMFS.
                                             as necessary during daytime operations                  the following information should be                      (a) Reporting injured or dead marine
                                             should visual observations become                       recorded:                                             mammals:
                                             impaired.                                                  (A) Watch status (sighting made by                    (i) In the event that the specified
                                                (h) Position data shall be recorded                  PSO on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,               activity clearly causes the take of a
                                             using hand-held or vessel global                        alternate vessel/platform);                           marine mammal in a manner not
                                             positioning system (GPS) units for each                    (B) PSO who sighted the animal;                    prohibited by this IHA (if issued), such
                                             sighting.                                                  (C) Time of sighting;                              as serious injury or mortality, DWW
                                                (i) A briefing shall be conducted                       (D) Vessel location at time of sighting;           shall immediately cease the specified
                                             between survey supervisors and crews,                      (E) Water depth;                                   activities and immediately report the
                                             PSOs, and DWW to establish                                 (F) Direction of vessel’s travel                   incident to the NMFS Office of
                                             responsibilities of each party, define                  (compass direction);                                  Protected Resources and the NMFS
                                             chains of command, discuss                                 (G) Direction of animal’s travel                   Greater Atlantic Stranding Coordinator.
                                             communication procedures, provide an                    relative to the vessel;                               The report must include the following
                                             overview of monitoring purposes, and                       (H) Pace of the animal;                            information:
                                             review operational procedures.                                                                                   (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                                                                                        (I) Estimated distance to the animal
                                                (j) DWW shall provide resumes of all                                                                       longitude) of the incident;
                                                                                                     and its heading relative to vessel at
                                                                                                                                                              (B) Vessel’s speed during and leading
                                             proposed PSOs and PAM operators                         initial sighting;
                                                                                                                                                           up to the incident;
                                             (including alternates) to NMFS for                         (J) Identification of the animal (e.g.,               (C) Description of the incident;
                                             review and approval at least 45 days                    genus/species, lowest possible                           (D) Status of all sound source use in
                                             prior to the start of survey operations.                taxonomic level, or unidentified); also               the 24 hours preceding the incident;
                                                (k) PSO Qualifications shall include                 note the composition of the group if                     (E) Water depth;
                                             completion of a PSO training course and                 there is a mix of species;                               (F) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                             documented field experience on a                           (K) Estimated number of animals                    wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                             marine mammal observation vessel and/                   (high/low/best);                                      state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                             or aerial surveys.                                         (L) Estimated number of animals by                    (G) Description of all marine mammal
                                                (a) Data on all PAM/PSO observations                 cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,                 observations in the 24 hours preceding
                                             shall be recorded based on standard                     calves, group composition, etc.);                     the incident;
                                             PSO collection requirements. PSOs                          (M) Description (as many                              (H) Species identification or
                                             must use standardized data forms,                       distinguishing features as possible of                description of the animal(s) involved;
                                             whether hard copy or electronic. The                    each individual seen, including length,                  (I) Fate of the animal(s); and
                                             following information shall be reported:                shape, color, pattern, scars or markings,                (J) Photographs or video footage of the
                                                (i) PSO names and affiliations.                      shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of                animal(s).
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                                (ii) Dates of departures and returns to              head, and blow characteristics);                         Activities shall not resume until
                                             port with port name.                                       (N) Detailed behavior observations                 NMFS is able to review the
                                                (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean                (e.g., number of blows, number of                     circumstances of the prohibited take.
                                             Time) of survey effort and times                        surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving,              NMFS will work with DWW to
                                             corresponding with PSO effort.                          feeding, traveling; as explicit and                   determine what measures are necessary
                                                (iv) Vessel location (latitude/                      detailed as possible; note any observed               to minimize the likelihood of further
                                             longitude) when survey effort begins                    changes in behavior);                                 prohibited take and ensure MMPA


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00056   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1


                                             19736                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 87 / Friday, May 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             compliance. DWW may not resume their                       • A request for renewal is received no             603–0655, or email CMTEFedReg@
                                             activities until notified by NMFS.                      later than 60 days prior to expiration of             AbilityOne.gov.
                                                (ii) In the event that DWW discovers                 the current IHA.                                      SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This
                                             an injured or dead marine mammal, and                      • The request for renewal must                     notice is published pursuant to 41
                                             the lead PSO determines that the cause                  include the following:                                U.S.C. 8503 (a)(2) and 41 CFR 51–2.3. Its
                                             of the injury or death is unknown and                      (1) An explanation that the activities             purpose is to provide interested persons
                                             the death is relatively recent (e.g., in                to be conducted beyond the initial dates              an opportunity to submit comments on
                                             less than a moderate state of                           either are identical to the previously                the proposed actions.
                                             decomposition), DWW shall                               analyzed activities or include changes
                                             immediately report the incident to the                  so minor (e.g., reduction in pile size)               Additions
                                             NMFS Office of Protected Resources and                  that the changes do not affect the                       If the Committee approves the
                                             the NMFS Greater Atlantic Stranding                     previous analyses, take estimates, or                 proposed additions, the entities of the
                                             Coordinator. The report must include                    mitigation and monitoring                             Federal Government identified in this
                                             the same information identified in                      requirements.                                         notice will be required to procure the
                                             condition 6(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities                  (2) A preliminary monitoring report                products listed below from the
                                             may continue while NMFS reviews the                     showing the results of the required                   nonprofit agency employing persons
                                             circumstances of the incident. NMFS                     monitoring to date and an explanation                 who are blind or have other severe
                                             will work with DWW to determine                         showing that the monitoring results do                disabilities.
                                             whether additional mitigation measures                  not indicate impacts of a scale or nature                The following products are proposed
                                             or modifications to the activities are                  not previously analyzed or authorized.                for addition to the Procurement List for
                                             appropriate.                                               • Upon review of the request for                   production by the nonprofit agency
                                                                                                     renewal, the status of the affected                   listed:
                                                (iii) In the event that DWW discovers
                                                                                                     species or stocks, and any other                      Products
                                             an injured or dead marine mammal, and
                                                                                                     pertinent information, NMFS
                                             the lead PSO determines that the injury                                                                       NSN—Product Name:
                                                                                                     determines that there are no more than
                                             or death is not associated with or related                                                                      2540–00–248–4603—Blade, Windshield
                                                                                                     minor changes in the activities, the                      Wiper, HMMW Vehicle, 18″L
                                             to the specified activities (e.g.,
                                                                                                     mitigation and monitoring measures                      2540–01–262–7708—Blade, Windshield
                                             previously wounded animal, carcass
                                                                                                     remain the same and appropriate, and                      Wiper, HMMW Vehicle, 20″L
                                             with moderate to advanced
                                                                                                     the original findings remain valid.                     2540–01–271–8026—Blade, Windshield
                                             decomposition, or scavenger damage),                                                                              Wiper, HMMW Vehicle, 16″L
                                             DWW shall report the incident to the                      Dated: April 30, 2018.
                                                                                                                                                             2540–01–377–3125—Arm, Windshield
                                             NMFS Office of Protected Resources and                  Donna S. Wieting,                                         Wiper, HMMW Vehicle, 20″L
                                             the NMFS Greater Atlantic Stranding                     Director, Office of Protected Resources,                2540–01–454–0415—Blade, Refill,
                                             Coordinator within 24 hours of the                      National Marine Fisheries Service.                        Windshield Wiper, HMMW Vehicle, 20
                                                                                                                                                               1⁄2″L
                                             discovery. DWW shall provide                            [FR Doc. 2018–09481 Filed 5–3–18; 8:45 am]
                                             photographs or video footage or other                   BILLING CODE 3510–22–P                                Mandatory Source of Supply: Center for the
                                             documentation of the sighting to NMFS.                                                                            Blind and Visually Impaired, Atlanta,
                                                                                                                                                               GA
                                                7. This Authorization may be                                                                               Mandatory for: 100% of the requirement of
                                             modified, suspended or withdrawn if                                                                               the Department of Defense
                                                                                                     COMMITTEE FOR PURCHASE FROM
                                             the holder fails to abide by the                                                                              Contracting Activity: DLA Land and Maritime
                                                                                                     PEOPLE WHO ARE BLIND OR
                                             conditions prescribed herein, or if                                                                           Deletions
                                                                                                     SEVERELY DISABLED
                                             NMFS determines the authorized taking
                                                                                                                                                             The following products and services are
                                             is having more than a negligible impact                 Procurement List; Proposed Additions                  proposed for deletion from the Procurement
                                             on the species or stock of affected                     and Deletions                                         List:
                                             marine mammals.
                                                                                                     AGENCY:  Committee for Purchase From                  Products
                                             Request for Public Comments                             People Who Are Blind or Severely                      NSN(s)—Product Name(s):
                                                We request comment on our analyses,                  Disabled.                                               8415–00–NSH–0687—Pants, Level 1, PCU,
                                                                                                     ACTION: Proposed additions to and
                                                                                                                                                               Army, Brown, M
                                             the draft authorization, and any other
                                                                                                                                                           Mandatory Source of Supply: Southeastern
                                             aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA                   deletions from the Procurement List.                      Kentucky Rehabilitation Industries, Inc.,
                                             for the proposed marine site                                                                                      Corbin, KY
                                             characterization surveys. Please include                SUMMARY:   The Committee is proposing
                                                                                                                                                           Contracting Activity: W6QK ACC–APG
                                             with your comments any supporting                       to add products to the Procurement List                   NATICK
                                             data or literature citations to help                    that will be furnished by a nonprofit                 NSN(s)—Product Name(s):
                                             inform our final decision on the request                agency employing persons who are                        8415–01–519–7444—Pants, Level 1, PCU,
                                             for MMPA authorization.                                 blind or have other severe disabilities,                  Army, Brown, M
                                                                                                     and deletes products and services                     Mandatory Source of Supply: Southeastern
                                                On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may                    previously furnished by such agencies.                    Kentucky Rehabilitation Industries, Inc.,
                                             issue a one-year renewal IHA without                                                                              Corbin, KY
                                                                                                     DATES: Comments must be received on
                                             additional notice when (1) another year                                                                       Contracting Activity: W6QK ACC–APG
                                             of identical or nearly identical activities             or before: June 04, 2018.                                 NATICK
                                             as described in the Specified Activities                ADDRESSES: Committee for Purchase
                                                                                                                                                           Services
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES




                                             section is planned, or (2) the activities               From People Who Are Blind or Severely
                                             would not be completed by the time the                  Disabled, 1401 S Clark Street, Suite 715,             Service Type: Switchboard Operation Service
                                                                                                     Arlington, Virginia, 22202–4149.                      Mandatory for: 4th Communication
                                             IHA expires and renewal would allow                                                                               Squadron: 1695 Wright Brothers Avenue
                                             completion of the activities beyond that                FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For                      Seymour Johnson AFB, NC
                                             described in the Dates and Duration                     further information or to submit                      Mandatory Source of Supply: Coastal
                                             section, provided all of the following                  comments contact: Amy B. Jensen,                          Enterprises of Jacksonville, Inc.,
                                             conditions are met:                                     Telephone: (703) 603–7740, Fax: (703)                     Jacksonville, NC



                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:16 May 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00057   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04MYN1.SGM   04MYN1



Document Created: 2018-11-02 09:53:11
Document Modified: 2018-11-02 09:53:11
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than June 4, 2018.
ContactJordan Carduner, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the applications and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained by visiting the internet at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental- take-authorizations-other-energy-activities-renewable. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.
FR Citation83 FR 19711 
RIN Number0648-XF98

2024 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR